1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
44 #include "libiberty.h"
45 #include "safe-ctype.h"
46 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
52 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
53 static bool assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
54 static bool swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct elf_strtab_hash
**, int,
55 struct bfd_link_info
*);
56 static bool elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
57 file_ptr offset
, size_t align
);
59 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
60 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
61 need to move into elfcode.h. */
63 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
66 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
67 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
68 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
70 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
71 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
72 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
73 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
74 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
75 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
76 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
79 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
82 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
83 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
84 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
95 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
98 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
99 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
100 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
102 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
103 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
106 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
109 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
110 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
111 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
117 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
120 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
121 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
122 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
124 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
125 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
126 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
127 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
128 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
131 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
134 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
135 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
136 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
145 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
148 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
149 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
150 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
152 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
153 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
154 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
155 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
156 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
159 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
162 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
163 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
164 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
173 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
176 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
177 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
178 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
180 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
183 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
186 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
187 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
188 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
190 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
193 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
194 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
197 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
199 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
204 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
207 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
210 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
211 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
215 return h
& 0xffffffff;
218 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
219 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
222 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
224 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
225 unsigned long h
= 5381;
228 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
229 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
230 return h
& 0xffffffff;
233 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
234 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
236 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
238 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
240 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
241 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
242 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
245 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
246 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
248 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
251 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
252 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
259 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
261 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
262 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
267 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
269 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
270 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
272 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
273 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
277 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
279 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
280 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
282 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
284 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
286 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
287 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
290 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
291 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
293 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
294 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
295 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
297 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
298 in case the string table is not terminated. */
299 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
300 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
301 || (shstrtab
= _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1,
302 shstrtabsize
)) == NULL
)
304 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
305 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
306 the string table over and over. */
307 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
310 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
311 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
313 return (char *) shstrtab
;
317 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
318 unsigned int shindex
,
319 unsigned int strindex
)
321 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
326 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
329 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
331 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
333 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
&& hdr
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
)
335 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
336 /* xgettext:c-format */
337 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: attempt to load strings from"
338 " a non-string section (number %d)"),
343 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
348 /* PR 24273: The string section's contents may have already
349 been loaded elsewhere, eg because a corrupt file has the
350 string section index in the ELF header pointing at a group
351 section. So be paranoid, and test that the last byte of
352 the section is zero. */
353 if (hdr
->sh_size
== 0 || hdr
->contents
[hdr
->sh_size
- 1] != 0)
357 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
359 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
361 /* xgettext:c-format */
362 (_("%pB: invalid string offset %u >= %" PRIu64
" for section `%s'"),
363 abfd
, strindex
, (uint64_t) hdr
->sh_size
,
364 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
366 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
370 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
373 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
374 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
375 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
376 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
377 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
378 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
379 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
382 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
383 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
386 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
388 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
390 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
392 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
393 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
394 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
395 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
396 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
397 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
398 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
403 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
409 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
411 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
) != NULL
)
413 elf_section_list
* entry
;
414 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**sections
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
416 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
417 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
420 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
423 if (sections
[entry
->hdr
.sh_link
] == symtab_hdr
)
425 shndx_hdr
= & entry
->hdr
;
430 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
)
432 if (symtab_hdr
== & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
))
433 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
434 shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)->hdr
;
435 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
436 the index table will not be needed. */
440 /* Read the symbols. */
442 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
444 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
445 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
446 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, extsym_size
, &amt
))
448 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
452 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
453 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
455 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
456 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
458 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
459 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
460 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
466 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
470 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
472 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
476 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
477 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
479 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
480 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
482 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
483 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
484 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
491 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
493 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
), &amt
))
495 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
498 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
499 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
500 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
504 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
505 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
506 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
507 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
509 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
510 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
512 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
513 /* xgettext:c-format */
514 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB symbol number %lu references"
515 " nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
516 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
524 free (alloc_extshndx
);
529 /* Look up a symbol name. */
531 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
532 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
533 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
537 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
538 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
540 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
541 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
542 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
544 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
545 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
548 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
551 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
552 name
= bfd_section_name (sym_sec
);
557 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
558 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
561 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
562 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
564 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
566 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
567 signature just a string? */
570 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
572 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
573 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
574 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
575 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
577 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
578 that it is a symbol table section. */
579 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
581 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
582 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
583 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
586 /* Go read the symbol. */
587 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
588 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
589 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
592 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
595 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
598 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
600 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
602 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
603 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
606 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
608 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
609 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
610 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
613 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
614 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
615 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
616 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
617 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
619 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
621 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
623 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
629 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
630 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
631 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
635 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
636 so we can find them quickly. */
639 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
640 amt
= num_group
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
641 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
642 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
643 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
647 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
649 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
651 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
654 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
656 /* Make sure the group section has a BFD section
658 if (!bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
661 /* Add to list of sections. */
662 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
665 /* Read the raw contents. */
666 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4 && sizeof (*dest
) % 4 == 0);
667 shdr
->contents
= NULL
;
668 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (shdr
->sh_size
,
669 sizeof (*dest
) / 4, &amt
)
670 || bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
672 = _bfd_alloc_and_read (abfd
, amt
, shdr
->sh_size
)))
675 /* xgettext:c-format */
676 (_("%pB: invalid size field in group section"
677 " header: %#" PRIx64
""),
678 abfd
, (uint64_t) shdr
->sh_size
);
679 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
684 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
685 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
686 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
688 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
689 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
697 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
698 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
702 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
703 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
704 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
709 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
710 /* PR binutils/23199: All sections in a
711 section group should be marked with
712 SHF_GROUP. But some tools generate
713 broken objects without SHF_GROUP. Fix
715 dest
->shdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
718 || dest
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
721 (_("%pB: invalid entry in SHT_GROUP section [%u]"),
729 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
730 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
)
732 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
734 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
737 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= NULL
;
738 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
= -1;
740 (_("%pB: no valid group sections found"), abfd
);
741 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
747 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
749 unsigned int search_offset
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
;
752 for (j
= 0; j
< num_group
; j
++)
754 /* Begin search from previous found group. */
755 unsigned i
= (j
+ search_offset
) % num_group
;
757 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
758 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
764 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
765 if (idx
== NULL
|| shdr
->sh_size
< 4)
767 /* See PR 21957 for a reproducer. */
768 /* xgettext:c-format */
769 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: group section '%pA' has no contents"),
770 abfd
, shdr
->bfd_section
);
771 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
] = NULL
;
772 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
775 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
777 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
778 section is a member. */
780 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
784 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
785 other members to see if any others are linked via
787 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
788 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
790 if ((++idx
)->shdr
!= NULL
791 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
792 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
796 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
797 insert current section in circular list. */
798 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
799 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
800 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
806 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
809 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
811 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
812 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
815 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
817 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
818 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
820 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_search_offset
= i
;
827 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
829 /* xgettext:c-format */
830 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no group info for section '%pA'"),
838 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
841 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
845 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
846 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
848 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
849 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
851 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
852 /* An sh_link value of 0 is now allowed. It indicates that linked
853 to section has already been discarded, but that the current
854 section has been retained for some other reason. This linking
855 section is still a candidate for later garbage collection
859 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = NULL
;
863 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
865 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
867 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
868 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
872 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
873 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
877 /* xgettext:c-format */
878 (_("%pB: sh_link [%d] in section `%pA' is incorrect"),
879 s
->owner
, elfsec
, s
);
883 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
886 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
887 && elf_next_in_group (s
) == NULL
)
890 /* xgettext:c-format */
891 (_("%pB: SHT_GROUP section [index %d] has no SHF_GROUP sections"),
892 abfd
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
);
897 /* Process section groups. */
898 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
901 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
903 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
904 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
;
907 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
908 if (shdr
== NULL
|| shdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
|| shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
911 /* xgettext:c-format */
912 (_("%pB: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
918 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
919 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
925 if (idx
->shdr
== NULL
)
927 else if (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
)
928 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
929 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
930 && idx
->shdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
932 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
934 /* xgettext:c-format */
935 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s' in group [%pA]"),
938 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
939 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
952 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
954 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
958 bfd_elf_group_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
960 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
961 return elf_group_name (sec
);
966 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
968 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
969 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
970 if (new_name
== NULL
)
974 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
979 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
981 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
982 char *new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
983 if (new_name
== NULL
)
986 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
990 /* This a copy of lto_section defined in GCC (lto-streamer.h). */
994 int16_t major_version
;
995 int16_t minor_version
;
996 unsigned char slim_object
;
998 /* Flags is a private field that is not defined publicly. */
1002 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
1003 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
1006 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1007 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1013 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1014 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
1016 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1019 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
1020 if (newsect
== NULL
)
1023 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
1024 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
1025 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
1027 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
1028 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
1029 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
1031 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1033 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
1034 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1035 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
1036 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
1038 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1041 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
1044 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
1045 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
1046 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
1048 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1050 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
1053 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
1055 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
1056 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
1057 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
1058 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
1060 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
1061 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
1062 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
1063 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1065 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
])
1067 /* FIXME: We should not recognize SHF_GNU_MBIND for ELFOSABI_NONE,
1068 but binutils as of 2019-07-23 did not set the EI_OSABI header
1071 case ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
:
1072 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GNU_RETAIN
) != 0)
1073 elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_retain
;
1076 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
1077 elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
;
1081 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
1083 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
1084 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
1085 if (name
[0] == '.')
1087 if (startswith (name
, ".debug")
1088 || startswith (name
, ".gnu.debuglto_.debug_")
1089 || startswith (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.")
1090 || startswith (name
, ".zdebug"))
1091 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
| SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1092 else if (startswith (name
, GNU_BUILD_ATTRS_SECTION_NAME
)
1093 || startswith (name
, ".note.gnu"))
1095 flags
|= SEC_ELF_OCTETS
;
1098 else if (startswith (name
, ".line")
1099 || startswith (name
, ".stab")
1100 || strcmp (name
, ".gdb_index") == 0)
1101 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
1105 if (!bfd_set_section_vma (newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
/ opb
)
1106 || !bfd_set_section_size (newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
1107 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (newsect
, bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
1110 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1111 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1112 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1113 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1114 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1115 all but one of the sections. */
1116 if (startswith (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
1117 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
1118 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1120 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, flags
))
1123 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1124 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
1125 if (!bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (hdr
))
1128 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1129 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1130 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1131 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
1135 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
1138 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
,
1139 hdr
->sh_offset
, hdr
->sh_addralign
);
1143 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1145 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
1146 unsigned int i
, nload
;
1148 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1149 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1150 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1151 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1152 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1153 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1154 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
1156 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
1158 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
1161 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1162 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
1164 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
1165 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
1166 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
1167 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
1169 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
1170 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1171 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
) / opb
;
1173 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1174 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1175 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1176 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1177 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1178 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1179 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1180 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
1181 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
) / opb
;
1183 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1184 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1185 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1186 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1187 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
1188 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
1189 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
1195 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1196 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1197 if ((newsect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1198 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1199 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1201 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1202 int compression_header_size
;
1203 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size
;
1204 unsigned int uncompressed_align_power
;
1206 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd
, newsect
,
1207 &compression_header_size
,
1209 &uncompressed_align_power
);
1212 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1213 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1214 action
= decompress
;
1217 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1218 section. Check if we should compress. */
1219 if (action
== nothing
)
1221 if (newsect
->size
!= 0
1222 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
)
1223 && compression_header_size
>= 0
1224 && uncompressed_size
> 0
1226 || ((compression_header_size
> 0)
1227 != ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0))))
1233 if (action
== compress
)
1235 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1238 /* xgettext:c-format */
1239 (_("%pB: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1246 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1249 /* xgettext:c-format */
1250 (_("%pB: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1256 if (abfd
->is_linker_input
)
1259 && (action
== decompress
1260 || (action
== compress
1261 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) != 0)))
1263 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1264 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1266 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
1267 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1269 bfd_rename_section (newsect
, new_name
);
1273 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1274 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1275 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_RENAME
;
1278 /* GCC uses .gnu.lto_.lto.<some_hash> as a LTO bytecode information
1280 if (startswith (name
, ".gnu.lto_.lto."))
1282 struct lto_section lsection
;
1283 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, newsect
, &lsection
, 0,
1284 sizeof (struct lto_section
)))
1285 abfd
->lto_slim_object
= lsection
.slim_object
;
1291 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] =
1293 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1294 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1295 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1298 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1299 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1300 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1301 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1302 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1303 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1304 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1305 function, or should call this function for relocatable output. */
1307 bfd_reloc_status_type
1308 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1309 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1311 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1312 asection
*input_section
,
1314 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1316 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1317 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1318 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1319 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1321 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1322 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1325 /* In some cases the relocation should be treated as output section
1326 relative, as when linking ELF DWARF into PE COFF. Many ELF
1327 targets lack section relative relocations and instead use
1328 ordinary absolute relocations for references between DWARF
1329 sections. That is arguably a bug in those targets but it happens
1330 to work for the usual case of linking to non-loaded ELF debug
1331 sections with VMAs forced to zero. PE COFF on the other hand
1332 doesn't allow a section VMA of zero. */
1333 if (output_bfd
== NULL
1334 && !reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
1335 && (symbol
->section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
1336 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
1337 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1339 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1342 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1343 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1344 should be the same. */
1347 section_match (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* a
,
1348 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* b
)
1350 if (a
->sh_type
!= b
->sh_type
1351 || ((a
->sh_flags
^ b
->sh_flags
) & ~SHF_INFO_LINK
) != 0
1352 || a
->sh_addralign
!= b
->sh_addralign
1353 || a
->sh_entsize
!= b
->sh_entsize
)
1355 if (a
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1356 || a
->sh_type
== SHT_STRTAB
)
1358 return a
->sh_size
== b
->sh_size
;
1361 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1362 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1363 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1364 to be the correct section. */
1367 find_link (const bfd
*obfd
, const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1368 const unsigned int hint
)
1370 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1373 BFD_ASSERT (iheader
!= NULL
);
1375 /* See PR 20922 for a reproducer of the NULL test. */
1376 if (hint
< elf_numsections (obfd
)
1377 && oheaders
[hint
] != NULL
1378 && section_match (oheaders
[hint
], iheader
))
1381 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1383 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1385 if (oheader
== NULL
)
1387 if (section_match (oheader
, iheader
))
1388 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1389 multiple matches ? */
1396 /* PR 19938: Attempt to set the ELF section header fields of an OS or
1397 Processor specific section, based upon a matching input section.
1398 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
1401 copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
*ibfd
,
1403 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*iheader
,
1404 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*oheader
,
1405 const unsigned int secnum
)
1407 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1408 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1409 bool changed
= false;
1410 unsigned int sh_link
;
1412 if (oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
1414 /* This is a feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1415 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1416 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1417 matched up with the original.
1419 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1420 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1421 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1422 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1423 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1424 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1425 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1426 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1427 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1428 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1429 without any contents. */
1430 if (oheader
->sh_link
== 0)
1431 oheader
->sh_link
= iheader
->sh_link
;
1432 if (oheader
->sh_info
== 0)
1433 oheader
->sh_info
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1437 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should be set. */
1438 if (bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
,
1442 /* We have an iheader which might match oheader, and which has non-zero
1443 sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to follow those links and find
1444 the section in the output bfd which corresponds to the linked section
1445 in the input bfd. */
1446 if (iheader
->sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1448 /* See PR 20931 for a reproducer. */
1449 if (iheader
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1452 /* xgettext:c-format */
1453 (_("%pB: invalid sh_link field (%d) in section number %d"),
1454 ibfd
, iheader
->sh_link
, secnum
);
1458 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_link
], iheader
->sh_link
);
1459 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1461 oheader
->sh_link
= sh_link
;
1465 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1466 if we could not find a match ? */
1468 /* xgettext:c-format */
1469 (_("%pB: failed to find link section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1472 if (iheader
->sh_info
)
1474 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information, but if the
1475 SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it should be interpreted as a
1477 if (iheader
->sh_flags
& SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1479 sh_link
= find_link (obfd
, iheaders
[iheader
->sh_info
],
1481 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1482 oheader
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
1485 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1486 sh_link
= iheader
->sh_info
;
1488 if (sh_link
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
1490 oheader
->sh_info
= sh_link
;
1495 /* xgettext:c-format */
1496 (_("%pB: failed to find info section for section %d"), obfd
, secnum
);
1502 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1506 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1508 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**iheaders
= (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) elf_elfsections (ibfd
);
1509 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**oheaders
= elf_elfsections (obfd
);
1510 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1513 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1514 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1517 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1519 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1520 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = true;
1523 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1525 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1526 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1527 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1529 /* If set, copy the EI_ABIVERSION field. */
1530 if (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
])
1531 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
]
1532 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
];
1534 /* Copy object attributes. */
1535 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1537 if (iheaders
== NULL
|| oheaders
== NULL
)
1540 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
1542 /* Possibly copy other fields in the section header. */
1543 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (obfd
); i
++)
1546 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* oheader
= oheaders
[i
];
1548 /* Ignore ordinary sections. SHT_NOBITS sections are considered however
1549 because of a special case need for generating separate debug info
1550 files. See below for more details. */
1552 || (oheader
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
1553 && oheader
->sh_type
< SHT_LOOS
))
1556 /* Ignore empty sections, and sections whose
1557 fields have already been initialised. */
1558 if (oheader
->sh_size
== 0
1559 || (oheader
->sh_info
!= 0 && oheader
->sh_link
!= 0))
1562 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1563 First we try for a direct mapping between the input and output sections. */
1564 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1566 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1568 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1571 if (oheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1572 && iheader
->bfd_section
!= NULL
1573 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
!= NULL
1574 && iheader
->bfd_section
->output_section
== oheader
->bfd_section
)
1576 /* We have found a connection from the input section to the
1577 output section. Attempt to copy the header fields. If
1578 this fails then do not try any further sections - there
1579 should only be a one-to-one mapping between input and output. */
1580 if (! copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1581 j
= elf_numsections (ibfd
);
1586 if (j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
))
1589 /* That failed. So try to deduce the corresponding input section.
1590 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1591 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1592 for (j
= 1; j
< elf_numsections (ibfd
); j
++)
1594 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* iheader
= iheaders
[j
];
1596 if (iheader
== NULL
)
1599 /* Try matching fields in the input section's header.
1600 Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1601 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1603 if ((oheader
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
1604 || iheader
->sh_type
== oheader
->sh_type
)
1605 && (iheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1606 == (oheader
->sh_flags
& ~ SHF_INFO_LINK
)
1607 && iheader
->sh_addralign
== oheader
->sh_addralign
1608 && iheader
->sh_entsize
== oheader
->sh_entsize
1609 && iheader
->sh_size
== oheader
->sh_size
1610 && iheader
->sh_addr
== oheader
->sh_addr
1611 && (iheader
->sh_info
!= oheader
->sh_info
1612 || iheader
->sh_link
!= oheader
->sh_link
))
1614 if (copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
, iheader
, oheader
, i
))
1619 if (j
== elf_numsections (ibfd
) && oheader
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
)
1621 /* Final attempt. Call the backend copy function
1622 with a NULL input section. */
1623 (void) bed
->elf_backend_copy_special_section_fields (ibfd
, obfd
,
1632 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1637 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1638 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1639 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1640 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1641 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1642 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1643 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1644 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1645 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1646 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1647 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1648 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1653 /* Print out the program headers. */
1656 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1658 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1659 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1661 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1663 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1668 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1669 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1670 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1672 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1677 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1680 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1681 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1682 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1683 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1684 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1685 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1686 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1687 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1688 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1689 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1690 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1691 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1692 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1693 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1694 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1695 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1696 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1701 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1704 unsigned int elfsec
;
1705 unsigned long shlink
;
1706 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1708 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1710 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1712 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1715 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1716 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1718 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1720 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1721 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1724 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1725 if (s
->size
< extdynsize
)
1727 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1728 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1730 for (; extdyn
<= (extdynend
- extdynsize
); extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1732 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1733 const char *name
= "";
1736 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1738 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1740 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1747 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1748 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1750 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1752 sprintf (ab
, "%#" BFD_VMA_FMT
"x", dyn
.d_tag
);
1757 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= true; break;
1758 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1759 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1760 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1761 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1762 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1763 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1764 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1765 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1766 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1767 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1768 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1769 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1770 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= true; break;
1771 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= true; break;
1772 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1773 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1774 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1775 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1776 case DT_RELR
: name
= "RELR"; break;
1777 case DT_RELRSZ
: name
= "RELRSZ"; break;
1778 case DT_RELRENT
: name
= "RELRENT"; break;
1779 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1780 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1781 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1782 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1783 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1784 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1785 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1786 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1787 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1788 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= true; break;
1789 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1790 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1791 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1792 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1793 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1794 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1795 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1796 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1797 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1798 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1799 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1800 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= true; break;
1801 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= true; break;
1802 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= true; break;
1803 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1804 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1805 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1806 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1807 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1808 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1809 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1810 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1811 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1812 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1813 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1814 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= true; break;
1815 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1816 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= true; break;
1817 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1820 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1824 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1829 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1831 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1834 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1843 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1844 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1846 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, false))
1850 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1852 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1854 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1855 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1857 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1858 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1859 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1860 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1862 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1865 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1869 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1875 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1877 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1879 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1880 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1882 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1884 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1885 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1886 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1887 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1888 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1889 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1900 /* Get version name. If BASE_P is TRUE, return "Base" for VER_FLG_BASE
1901 and return symbol version for symbol version itself. */
1904 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1908 const char *version_string
= NULL
;
1909 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1910 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1912 unsigned int vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
;
1914 *hidden
= (vernum
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0;
1915 vernum
&= VERSYM_VERSION
;
1918 version_string
= "";
1919 else if (vernum
== 1
1920 && (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
1921 || (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[0].vd_flags
1923 version_string
= base_p
? "Base" : "";
1924 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1926 const char *nodename
1927 = elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1928 version_string
= "";
1931 || symbol
->name
== NULL
1932 || strcmp (symbol
->name
, nodename
) != 0)
1933 version_string
= nodename
;
1937 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1939 version_string
= _("<corrupt>");
1940 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1944 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1946 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1948 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1951 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1958 return version_string
;
1961 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1964 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1967 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1969 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1972 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1973 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1975 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1976 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1977 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1978 fprintf (file
, " %x", symbol
->flags
);
1980 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1982 const char *section_name
;
1983 const char *name
= NULL
;
1984 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1985 unsigned char st_other
;
1987 const char *version_string
;
1990 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1992 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1993 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1994 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1998 name
= symbol
->name
;
1999 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
2002 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
2003 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
2004 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
2005 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
2006 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
2007 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2008 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
2010 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
2011 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
2013 /* If we have version information, print it. */
2014 version_string
= _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd
,
2021 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
2026 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
2027 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
2032 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
2033 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
2038 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
2039 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
2040 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
2042 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
2044 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
2047 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
2053 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
2055 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
2058 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
2060 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
2061 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
2062 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2066 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2069 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a loop of sections via
2070 sh_link or sh_info. Detect this here, by refusing to load a
2071 section that we are already in the process of loading. */
2072 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->being_created
[shindex
])
2075 (_("%pB: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd
);
2078 elf_tdata (abfd
)->being_created
[shindex
] = true;
2080 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
2081 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
2082 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
2087 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2088 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
2091 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
2094 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
2095 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
2096 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
2097 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
2098 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
2099 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
2100 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
2101 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
2102 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
2103 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2106 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
2107 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2110 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
2112 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
2113 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
2114 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
2117 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
2118 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
2119 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
2121 /* Otherwise fall through. */
2126 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
2128 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
2130 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
2132 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
2133 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
2134 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
2135 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2137 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
2138 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2142 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2144 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2145 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2147 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2148 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2150 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
2158 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table. */
2159 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2162 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2165 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2167 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2169 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2170 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2171 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2176 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
2177 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2178 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2181 /* xgettext:c-format */
2182 (_("%pB: warning: multiple symbol tables detected"
2183 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2187 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2188 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
) = *hdr
;
2189 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2190 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2192 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
2193 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
2194 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
2195 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
2196 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
2198 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
2199 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
2200 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2204 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
2205 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2206 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2208 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2209 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2211 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2212 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_link
== shindex
)
2215 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2216 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2218 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2220 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2221 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2226 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
2228 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2230 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2231 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2236 ret
= bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
2237 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2241 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2242 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
2245 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
2248 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
2250 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2253 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2254 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2255 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2260 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2261 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2262 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
2265 /* xgettext:c-format */
2266 (_("%pB: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected"
2267 " - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2271 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
2272 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2273 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2274 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
2276 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2277 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2278 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2281 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2283 elf_section_list
* entry
;
2285 for (entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
); entry
!= NULL
; entry
= entry
->next
)
2286 if (entry
->ndx
== shindex
)
2289 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
2292 entry
->ndx
= shindex
;
2294 entry
->next
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
2295 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
2296 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = & entry
->hdr
;
2300 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table. */
2301 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
2304 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
2306 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2307 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
2311 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2314 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2315 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
2319 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
2322 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
2323 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
2324 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
2325 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2327 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2332 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2333 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2334 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2335 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2337 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
2339 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2340 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
2342 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
2343 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
2345 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2348 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
2350 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2352 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
2353 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
2357 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2363 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2365 asection
*target_sect
;
2366 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
2367 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
2368 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
2371 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
2372 size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
2373 else if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2374 size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
2376 size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
2377 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= size
)
2380 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2381 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
2384 /* xgettext:c-format */
2385 (_("%pB: invalid link %u for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2386 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
);
2387 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2392 /* Get the symbol table. */
2393 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
2394 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
2395 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
2398 /* If this is an alloc section in an executable or shared
2399 library, or the reloc section does not use the main symbol
2400 table we don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't
2401 adequately represent such a section, so at least for now,
2402 we don't try. We just present it as a normal section. We
2403 also can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the
2404 null section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or
2405 its sh_link points to the null section. */
2406 if (((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) != 0
2407 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2408 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
2409 || hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
2410 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
2411 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
2412 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
2413 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2415 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2420 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
2423 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
2424 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
2427 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
2428 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2429 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
2431 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
2433 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7.
2434 Also see PR 24456, for a file which deliberately has two reloc
2438 if (!bed
->init_secondary_reloc_section (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2441 /* xgettext:c-format */
2442 (_("%pB: warning: secondary relocation section '%s' "
2443 "for section %pA found - ignoring"),
2444 abfd
, name
, target_sect
);
2447 esdt
->has_secondary_relocs
= true;
2451 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*hdr2
));
2456 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
2457 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
)
2458 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2459 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
2460 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
2461 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
2462 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2463 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2464 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2466 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
2467 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
2469 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
2473 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2474 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
2475 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
2476 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2479 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2480 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
2483 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
2484 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
2485 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2488 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2489 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
2490 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
2491 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2498 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
2501 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2507 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2508 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2509 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
2511 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2513 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
2517 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2518 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
2521 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
2523 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
2524 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2525 for applications? */
2527 /* xgettext:c-format */
2528 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2529 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2532 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2533 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
2538 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
2539 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
2540 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2542 /* xgettext:c-format */
2543 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2544 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2545 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
2547 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2548 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
2549 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2550 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2551 be rejected with an error message. */
2553 /* xgettext:c-format */
2554 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2555 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2558 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2559 ret
= _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2564 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2566 /* xgettext:c-format */
2567 (_("%pB: unknown type [%#x] section `%s'"),
2568 abfd
, hdr
->sh_type
, name
);
2576 elf_tdata (abfd
)->being_created
[shindex
] = false;
2580 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2583 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2585 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2587 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2589 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2591 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2592 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2593 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2595 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2596 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2597 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2600 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2602 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2605 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2608 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2611 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2615 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2617 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2619 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2622 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2624 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2625 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2628 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2630 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2631 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ctf"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2632 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2635 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2637 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2638 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2639 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2640 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2641 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2642 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2643 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2644 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2645 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2646 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2647 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2648 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2649 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2650 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2653 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2655 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2656 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), -2, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2657 { NULL
, 0 , 0, 0, 0 }
2660 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2662 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2663 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.n"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2664 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.p"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2665 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2666 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2667 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2668 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2669 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2670 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2671 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2672 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2673 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2676 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2678 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2679 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2682 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2684 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2685 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), -2, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2686 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2687 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2690 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2692 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2693 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2696 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2698 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".noinit"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2699 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2700 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2701 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2704 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2706 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".persistent.bss"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2707 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".persistent"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2708 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), -2, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2709 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2710 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2713 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2715 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2716 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2717 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2718 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2719 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2722 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2724 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2725 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2726 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2727 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2728 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2729 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2730 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2733 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2735 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2736 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2737 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2738 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2741 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2743 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2744 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2745 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2746 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2747 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2750 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2752 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2753 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2754 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2756 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2757 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2758 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2759 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2762 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2764 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2766 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2768 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2769 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2770 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2776 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2779 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2780 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2781 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2787 len
= strlen (name
);
2789 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2792 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2794 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2796 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2799 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2800 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2802 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2804 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2806 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2807 && (suffix_len
== -2
2808 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2814 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2816 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2817 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2827 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2828 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2831 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2832 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2834 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2835 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2838 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2839 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2842 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2843 bed
->special_sections
,
2849 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2852 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2853 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2856 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2861 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2865 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2867 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2868 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2869 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2871 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2874 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2878 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2881 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2882 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2883 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2885 /* Set up ELF section type and flags for newly created sections, if
2886 there is an ABI mandated section. */
2887 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2890 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2891 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2894 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2897 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2899 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2900 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2901 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2902 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2904 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2905 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2906 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2907 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2908 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2909 of combined data+bss.
2911 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2912 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2913 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2914 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2915 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2920 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2921 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2923 const char *type_name
)
2930 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
2932 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2933 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2934 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2936 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2938 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2939 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2940 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2943 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2944 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2945 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2947 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
2948 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
/ opb
;
2949 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2950 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2951 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2952 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2953 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2955 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2956 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2957 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2959 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2961 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2964 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2966 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2970 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2974 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2975 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2976 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2979 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2980 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2981 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2983 newsect
->vma
= (hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
) / opb
;
2984 newsect
->lma
= (hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
) / opb
;
2985 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2986 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2987 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
2988 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
2989 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
2990 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
2991 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2993 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2994 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2995 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2997 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2998 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
3005 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (bfd
*templ
, bfd_vma offset
)
3007 /* The return value is ignored. Build-ids are considered optional. */
3008 if (templ
->xvec
->flavour
== bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
3009 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_core_find_build_id
)
3015 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
3017 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3019 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
3022 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
3025 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load"))
3027 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
&& abfd
->build_id
== NULL
)
3028 _bfd_elf_core_find_build_id (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
);
3032 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
3035 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
3038 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
3040 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
,
3046 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
3049 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
3051 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
3052 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
3056 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
3059 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
3062 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
3063 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3064 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
3068 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
3072 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
3074 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
3076 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
3077 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
3080 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
3084 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd
*abfd
,
3085 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
,
3086 const char *sec_name
,
3089 char *name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
3090 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name
));
3094 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name
);
3096 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
3098 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3104 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
3105 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
3106 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
3110 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
3111 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
3112 const char *sec_name
,
3114 bool delay_st_name_p
)
3116 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
3117 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3119 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
3120 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*rel_hdr
));
3121 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
3123 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3124 rel_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3125 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
, rel_hdr
, sec_name
,
3128 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
3129 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
3130 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
3131 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
3132 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
3133 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3134 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3135 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3136 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3141 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
3144 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
3146 if ((flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
)) != 0
3147 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
3149 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
3152 struct fake_section_arg
3154 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
3158 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
3161 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
3163 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
3164 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3165 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
3166 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
3167 unsigned int sh_type
;
3168 const char *name
= asect
->name
;
3169 bool delay_st_name_p
= false;
3174 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3179 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
3183 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3184 if ((arg
->link_info
->compress_debug
& COMPRESS_DEBUG
)
3185 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
3189 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3191 asect
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
;
3192 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding section
3193 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3194 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3195 delay_st_name_p
= true;
3198 else if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ELF_RENAME
))
3200 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3201 if ((abfd
->flags
& (BFD_DECOMPRESS
| BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
)))
3203 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3204 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3208 char *new_name
= convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd
, name
);
3209 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3217 else if (asect
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
)
3219 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3220 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3221 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3222 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3223 char *new_name
= convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
3224 if (new_name
== NULL
)
3229 BFD_ASSERT (name
[1] != 'z');
3234 if (delay_st_name_p
)
3235 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) -1;
3239 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3241 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3248 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3250 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3251 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
3252 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
* bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, asect
);
3254 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3256 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
3257 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
3258 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3259 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3260 if (asect
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
3263 /* xgettext:c-format */
3264 (_("%pB: error: alignment power %d of section `%pA' is too big"),
3265 abfd
, asect
->alignment_power
, asect
);
3269 /* Set sh_addralign to the highest power of two given by alignment
3270 consistent with the section VMA. Linker scripts can force VMA. */
3271 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
) | this_hdr
->sh_addr
;
3272 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= mask
& -mask
;
3273 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3274 copy_private_section_data. */
3276 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
3277 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
3279 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3281 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
3282 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
3284 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
3286 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
3287 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3288 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
3289 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
3290 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3292 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3293 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3294 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3295 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3297 (_("warning: section `%pA' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
3298 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3301 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
3312 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
3313 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
3314 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
3315 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
3319 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
3323 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3327 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3331 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
3332 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
3336 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
3337 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
3340 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3341 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
3344 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3345 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3346 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3347 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3349 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3350 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
3352 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
3353 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
3356 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3357 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3358 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3359 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3361 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
3362 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
3364 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
3365 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
3369 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
3373 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
3377 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3378 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
3379 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3380 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
3381 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
3382 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
3383 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
3385 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
3386 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
3388 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
3389 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
3390 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
3391 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3392 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3394 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
3395 if (asect
->size
== 0
3396 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
3398 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
3400 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
3403 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
3404 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3405 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
3409 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
3410 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
3412 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3413 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3414 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3415 create the other. */
3416 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
3418 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3421 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3422 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
3423 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg
->link_info
)
3424 || arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
3426 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
3427 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, name
,
3428 false, delay_st_name_p
))
3433 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
3434 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, name
,
3435 true, delay_st_name_p
))
3441 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
3443 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
3453 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3454 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
3455 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
3456 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
3462 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
3464 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3465 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3466 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
3470 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3471 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3472 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3473 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3476 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
3478 bool *failedptr
= (bool *) failedptrarg
;
3479 asection
*elt
, *first
;
3483 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3485 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
3490 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
3492 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
3494 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3496 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
3497 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
3501 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3503 PR 25699: A corrupt input file could contain bogus group info. */
3504 if (sec
->index
>= elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
3505 || elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
] == NULL
)
3510 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
3512 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
3514 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
3516 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3517 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3518 set until all local symbols are output. */
3520 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
;
3521 unsigned long symndx
;
3522 unsigned long extsymoff
;
3523 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3525 /* The point of this little dance to the first SHF_GROUP section
3526 then back to the SHT_GROUP section is that this gets us to
3527 the SHT_GROUP in the input object. */
3528 igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
3529 sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
3530 symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
3532 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
3534 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
3536 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
3537 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
3539 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
3540 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3541 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3542 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3544 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
3547 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3549 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3552 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
3554 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3555 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
3556 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
3563 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
3565 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3566 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3567 start of the input section group. */
3568 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
3570 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3571 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3572 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3573 directives, not that it matters. */
3580 s
= s
->output_section
;
3582 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
3584 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
3585 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*input_elf_sec
= elf_section_data (elt
);
3587 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3589 || (input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
3590 && input_elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3592 elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3594 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rel
.idx
, loc
);
3596 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3598 || (input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
3599 && input_elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0))
3601 elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
3603 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->rela
.idx
, loc
);
3606 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_sec
->this_idx
, loc
);
3608 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
3614 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== sec
->contents
);
3616 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
3619 /* Given NAME, the name of a relocation section stripped of its
3620 .rel/.rela prefix, return the section in ABFD to which the
3621 relocations apply. */
3624 _bfd_elf_plt_get_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
3626 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3627 section likely apply to .got.plt or .got section. */
3628 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->want_got_plt
3629 && strcmp (name
, ".plt") == 0)
3634 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3640 return bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3643 /* Return the section to which RELOC_SEC applies. */
3646 elf_get_reloc_section (asection
*reloc_sec
)
3651 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3653 type
= elf_section_data (reloc_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
;
3654 if (type
!= SHT_REL
&& type
!= SHT_RELA
)
3657 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3658 name
= reloc_sec
->name
;
3659 if (!startswith (name
, ".rel"))
3662 if (type
== SHT_RELA
&& *name
++ != 'a')
3665 abfd
= reloc_sec
->owner
;
3666 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3667 return bed
->get_reloc_section (abfd
, name
);
3670 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3671 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3672 in here too, while we're at it. LINK_INFO will be 0 when arriving
3673 here for objcopy, and when using the generic ELF linker. */
3676 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3678 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
3680 unsigned int section_number
;
3681 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
3682 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
3688 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3690 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3691 if (link_info
== NULL
|| !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
3693 size_t reloc_count
= 0;
3695 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3696 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3698 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3700 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
3702 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
3704 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3705 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
3706 abfd
->section_count
--;
3709 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3712 /* Count relocations. */
3713 reloc_count
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
3716 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3717 if (reloc_count
== 0)
3718 abfd
->flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
3721 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3723 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3725 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
3726 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
3727 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3728 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
3731 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
3732 if (d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3733 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3740 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
3741 if (d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
3742 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
3748 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3749 || (link_info
== NULL
3750 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3754 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3755 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3756 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3758 elf_section_list
*entry
;
3760 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) == NULL
);
3762 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3763 entry
->ndx
= section_number
++;
3764 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) = entry
;
3766 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3767 ".symtab_shndx", false);
3768 if (entry
->hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3771 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3772 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3775 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3776 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3777 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
3779 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3781 /* xgettext:c-format */
3782 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: too many sections: %u"),
3783 abfd
, section_number
);
3787 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3788 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3790 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3792 amt
= section_number
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*);
3793 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3794 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3797 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3798 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3799 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3801 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3805 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3807 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3810 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3811 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3813 elf_section_list
* entry
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
);
3814 BFD_ASSERT (entry
!= NULL
);
3815 i_shdrp
[entry
->ndx
] = & entry
->hdr
;
3816 entry
->hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3818 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3819 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3822 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3826 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3828 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3829 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3830 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3831 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3832 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3834 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3836 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3837 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3838 the relocation entries apply. */
3839 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3841 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3842 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3843 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3845 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3847 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3848 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3849 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3852 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3853 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3855 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3856 /* We can now have a NULL linked section pointer.
3857 This happens when the sh_link field is 0, which is done
3858 when a linked to section is discarded but the linking
3859 section has been retained for some reason. */
3862 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3863 if (discarded_section (s
))
3867 /* xgettext:c-format */
3868 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3869 " discarded section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3870 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3871 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3872 size as the discarded one. */
3873 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3876 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3881 /* Handle objcopy. */
3882 else if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3885 /* xgettext:c-format */
3886 (_("%pB: sh_link of section `%pA' points to"
3887 " removed section `%pA' of `%pB'"),
3888 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3889 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3892 s
= s
->output_section
;
3893 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3897 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3901 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3902 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3903 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3904 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3905 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table
3906 if there is one. Otherwise we guess the normal symbol
3907 table. FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3908 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
== 0 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3910 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3912 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3914 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
== 0)
3915 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3917 s
= elf_get_reloc_section (sec
);
3920 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3921 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3926 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3927 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3928 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3929 field to point to this section. */
3930 if (startswith (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3931 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3936 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3937 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3940 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3941 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3942 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3946 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3948 /* This is a .stab section. */
3949 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 12;
3956 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3957 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3958 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3959 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3961 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3963 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3966 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3967 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3968 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3969 the version strings. */
3970 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3971 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr"));
3973 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3978 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3979 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3980 this hash table or version table is for. */
3981 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3983 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3987 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3991 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
3992 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
3993 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
3999 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4001 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
4002 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4003 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
4004 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
4006 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
4007 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
))
4008 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_asymbol_section (sym
)));
4011 /* Filter global symbols of ABFD to include in the import library. All
4012 SYMCOUNT symbols of ABFD can be examined from their pointers in
4013 SYMS. Pointers of symbols to keep should be stored contiguously at
4014 the beginning of that array.
4016 Returns the number of symbols to keep. */
4019 _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4020 asymbol
**syms
, long symcount
)
4022 long src_count
, dst_count
= 0;
4024 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
4026 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[src_count
];
4027 char *name
= (char *) bfd_asymbol_name (sym
);
4028 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4030 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4033 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, name
, false, false, false);
4036 if (h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
&& h
->type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4038 if (h
->linker_def
|| h
->ldscript_def
)
4041 syms
[dst_count
++] = sym
;
4044 syms
[dst_count
] = NULL
;
4049 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
4050 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
4053 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
4055 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
4060 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
4063 /* Ignore the section symbol if it isn't used. */
4064 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM_USED
) == 0)
4067 if (sym
->section
== NULL
)
4070 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (sym
);
4071 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
4072 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
4073 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4074 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
4075 || (sym
->section
->output_section
!= NULL
4076 && sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
4077 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
4078 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
4081 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
4082 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
4085 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
4087 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
4088 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
4089 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
4090 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
4091 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
4092 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
4093 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
4094 unsigned int max_index
= 0;
4101 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
4105 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4107 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
4108 max_index
= asect
->index
;
4112 amt
= max_index
* sizeof (asymbol
*);
4113 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4114 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
4116 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
4117 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
4119 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
4120 decided to output. */
4121 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4123 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4125 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
4127 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4128 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
4130 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
4132 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
4133 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
4135 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
4139 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
4140 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4142 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4144 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
4148 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
4149 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
4150 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
4151 at least in that case. */
4152 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4154 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4155 /* Don't include ignored section symbols. */
4156 if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4157 && sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4159 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
4166 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
4167 amt
= (num_locals
+ num_globals
) * sizeof (asymbol
*);
4168 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4169 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
4172 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
4174 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
4177 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4178 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4179 /* Don't include ignored section symbols. */
4180 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
4185 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4187 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
4189 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
4190 if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
4191 && sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
4195 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
4196 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
4199 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
4201 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
4205 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
4207 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
4211 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
4212 ELF data structure. */
4214 static inline file_ptr
4215 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
4217 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
4220 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
4221 required section alignment. */
4224 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
4228 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
4229 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
4230 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
4231 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
4232 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
4233 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4234 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
4238 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
4239 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
4240 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
4243 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
4244 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4246 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4247 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
4249 struct elf_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
4250 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
4253 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
4256 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
4257 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
4258 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
4260 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_init_file_header
) (abfd
, link_info
))
4263 fsargs
.failed
= false;
4264 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
4265 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
4269 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
4272 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4273 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
4274 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
4275 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
4279 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4280 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
4282 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
, link_info
))
4287 if (link_info
== NULL
)
4289 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
4294 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
4295 /* sh_name was set in init_file_header. */
4296 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
4297 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
4298 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
4299 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4300 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
4301 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
4302 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
4303 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4304 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
4306 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
4312 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4314 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4316 hdr
= & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4317 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, true);
4319 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
)
4321 hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
4322 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4323 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, true);
4324 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4327 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
4328 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, true);
4330 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4332 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4334 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4335 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
4337 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab
);
4340 abfd
->output_has_begun
= true;
4345 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4346 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4348 static bfd_size_type
4349 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4353 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4355 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4356 and one for data. */
4359 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4360 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4362 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4363 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4364 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4369 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
4371 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4375 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4377 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4381 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
4383 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4387 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4389 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4393 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
4394 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
4395 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
4397 /* We need a PT_GNU_PROPERTY segment. */
4401 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4403 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4404 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4406 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4407 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4409 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment for all adjacent
4410 loadable SHT_NOTE sections. gABI requires that within a
4411 PT_NOTE segment (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4412 each note should have the same alignment. So we check
4413 whether the sections are correctly aligned. */
4414 alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
4415 while (s
->next
!= NULL
4416 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
4417 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4418 && elf_section_type (s
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4423 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4425 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4427 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4433 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4435 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4436 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
4438 /* Add a PT_GNU_MBIND segment for each mbind section. */
4439 bfd_vma commonpagesize
;
4440 unsigned int page_align_power
;
4443 commonpagesize
= info
->commonpagesize
;
4445 commonpagesize
= bed
->commonpagesize
;
4446 page_align_power
= bfd_log2 (commonpagesize
);
4447 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4448 if (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
4450 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
> PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
4453 /* xgettext:c-format */
4454 (_("%pB: GNU_MBIND section `%pA' has invalid "
4455 "sh_info field: %d"),
4456 abfd
, s
, elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
4459 /* Align mbind section to page size. */
4460 if (s
->alignment_power
< page_align_power
)
4461 s
->alignment_power
= page_align_power
;
4466 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4467 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
4471 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
4477 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4480 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4483 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
4485 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4486 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4488 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4494 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
4495 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
4502 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4504 static struct elf_segment_map
*
4505 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
4506 asection
**sections
,
4511 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4516 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
4517 amt
+= (to
- from
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4518 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4522 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
4523 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4524 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
4525 m
->count
= to
- from
;
4527 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
4529 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4530 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
4531 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4537 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4540 struct elf_segment_map
*
4541 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
4543 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4545 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
4546 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
4550 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
4552 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
4557 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4560 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
4561 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4562 bool remove_empty_load
)
4564 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
4565 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4567 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4568 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4569 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4570 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4572 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
4575 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
4577 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
4579 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
4580 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4581 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
4583 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
4587 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
4589 if (remove_empty_load
4590 && (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4592 && !(*m
)->includes_phdrs
)
4598 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4599 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
4601 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
4608 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
4609 ((s->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4611 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4614 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4617 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4618 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
4619 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4622 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
4625 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
4627 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
4631 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
4632 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
4635 unsigned int hdr_index
;
4636 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
4638 bool phdr_in_segment
;
4641 unsigned int tls_count
= 0;
4642 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
4643 asection
*first_mbind
= NULL
;
4644 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
4646 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0; /* Bytes. */
4647 bfd_size_type phdr_size
; /* Octets/bytes. */
4648 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
4650 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4652 amt
= bfd_count_sections (abfd
) * sizeof (asection
*);
4653 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4654 if (sections
== NULL
)
4657 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4658 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4660 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
4661 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
4664 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4666 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
4668 /* target_index is unused until bfd_elf_final_link
4669 starts output of section symbols. Use it to make
4671 s
->target_index
= i
;
4674 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4675 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
/ opb
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
4676 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
/ opb
) & addr_mask
;
4679 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
4682 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
4684 phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
4685 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4686 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
4687 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4688 /* phdr_size is compared to LMA values which are in bytes. */
4691 maxpagesize
= info
->maxpagesize
;
4693 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4694 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4696 phdr_in_segment
= info
!= NULL
&& info
->load_phdrs
;
4698 && (((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) & (maxpagesize
- 1))
4699 >= (phdr_size
& (maxpagesize
- 1))))
4700 /* For compatibility with old scripts that may not be using
4701 SIZEOF_HEADERS, add headers when it looks like space has
4702 been left for them. */
4703 phdr_in_segment
= true;
4705 /* Build the mapping. */
4709 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4710 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4712 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
4713 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0 && s
->size
!= 0)
4715 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4716 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4720 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
4722 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4723 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
4724 phdr_in_segment
= true;
4728 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4729 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4733 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
4741 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4742 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4743 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4749 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4751 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
4754 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4755 phdr_in_segment
= false;
4757 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4758 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4759 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4760 program headers we will need. */
4761 if (phdr_in_segment
&& count
> 0)
4763 bfd_vma phdr_lma
; /* Bytes. */
4764 bool separate_phdr
= false;
4766 phdr_lma
= (sections
[0]->lma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4768 && info
->separate_code
4769 && (sections
[0]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4771 /* If data sections should be separate from code and
4772 thus not executable, and the first section is
4773 executable then put the file and program headers in
4774 their own PT_LOAD. */
4775 separate_phdr
= true;
4776 if ((((phdr_lma
+ phdr_size
- 1) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)
4777 == (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
)))
4779 /* The file and program headers are currently on the
4780 same page as the first section. Put them on the
4781 previous page if we can. */
4782 if (phdr_lma
>= maxpagesize
)
4783 phdr_lma
-= maxpagesize
;
4785 separate_phdr
= false;
4788 if ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_lma
4789 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
)
4790 /* If file and program headers would be placed at the end
4791 of memory then it's probably better to omit them. */
4792 phdr_in_segment
= false;
4793 else if (phdr_lma
< wrap_to
)
4794 /* If a section wraps around to where we'll be placing
4795 file and program headers, then the headers will be
4797 phdr_in_segment
= false;
4798 else if (separate_phdr
)
4800 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, 0, 0, phdr_in_segment
);
4803 m
->p_paddr
= phdr_lma
* opb
;
4805 = (sections
[0]->vma
- phdr_size
) & addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
;
4806 m
->p_paddr_valid
= 1;
4809 phdr_in_segment
= false;
4813 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4820 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4823 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
4825 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4826 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4827 new_segment
= false;
4829 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
4831 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4832 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4836 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
4837 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
4839 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4840 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4843 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
4844 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
4845 == (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
4847 /* If we are demand paged then we can't map two disk
4848 pages onto the same memory page. */
4849 new_segment
= false;
4851 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4852 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4853 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4854 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4855 section can be included in the current segment. */
4856 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4857 + maxpagesize
> last_hdr
->lma
)
4858 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
)
4859 + maxpagesize
<= hdr
->lma
))
4861 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4862 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4865 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
4866 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
4868 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4869 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4870 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4871 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose. */
4874 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
4876 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4877 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4878 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4879 new_segment
= false;
4881 else if (info
!= NULL
4882 && info
->separate_code
4883 && executable
!= ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0))
4888 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4890 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4896 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4897 new_segment
= false;
4900 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4901 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4903 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
4905 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
4911 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4913 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
4916 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4917 last_size
= (!IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0) / opb
;
4921 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4922 header holding all the sections from hdr_index until hdr. */
4924 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4931 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4936 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
4942 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4943 last_size
= (!IS_TBSS (hdr
) ? hdr
->size
: 0) / opb
;
4945 phdr_in_segment
= false;
4948 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4950 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4951 && (i
- hdr_index
!= 1
4952 || !IS_TBSS (last_hdr
)))
4954 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, hdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4962 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4965 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4972 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable SHT_NOTE sections,
4973 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4974 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4975 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4976 in the output file. */
4977 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4979 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4980 && elf_section_type (s
) == SHT_NOTE
)
4983 unsigned int alignment_power
= s
->alignment_power
;
4986 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
4988 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== alignment_power
4989 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4990 && elf_section_type (s2
->next
) == SHT_NOTE
4991 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
/ opb
,
4998 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
4999 amt
+= count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5000 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5004 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
5008 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
5009 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5012 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
5013 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
5017 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
5023 if (first_mbind
== NULL
5024 && (elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0)
5028 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
5031 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
5032 amt
+= tls_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
5033 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5038 m
->count
= tls_count
;
5039 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5041 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5043 for (i
= 0; i
< tls_count
; ++i
)
5045 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
5048 (_("%pB: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
5051 while (i
< tls_count
)
5053 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
5055 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %pA"), s
);
5059 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %pA"), s
);
5062 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5074 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5075 && (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0)
5076 for (s
= first_mbind
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5077 if ((elf_section_flags (s
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
) != 0
5078 && elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
<= PT_GNU_MBIND_NUM
)
5080 /* Mandated PF_R. */
5081 unsigned long p_flags
= PF_R
;
5082 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
5084 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
5087 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5088 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5092 m
->p_type
= (PT_GNU_MBIND_LO
5093 + elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
);
5095 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5097 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
5103 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
5104 NOTE_GNU_PROPERTY_SECTION_NAME
);
5105 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5107 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) + sizeof (asection
*);
5108 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5112 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_PROPERTY
;
5114 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5121 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
5123 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
5124 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
5125 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
5127 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5128 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5132 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
5134 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
5140 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
5142 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5143 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5147 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
5148 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
5149 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
5150 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5151 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
5152 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
5154 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
5155 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
5162 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
5164 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5166 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5168 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
5169 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
5172 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5174 if (m
->sections
[i
]->size
> 0
5175 && (m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5176 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
5180 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
5185 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
5188 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5189 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5193 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
5200 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
5203 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
5206 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5208 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5217 /* Sort sections by address. */
5220 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5222 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
5223 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
5224 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
5226 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
5227 place the section into a segment. */
5228 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
5230 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
5233 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
5234 the same, and this will do nothing. */
5235 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
5237 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
5240 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
5242 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0 \
5250 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
5255 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
5256 before others at the same address. */
5258 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
5259 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
5266 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
5269 /* This qsort comparison functions sorts PT_LOAD segments first and
5270 by p_paddr, for assign_file_positions_for_load_sections. */
5273 elf_sort_segments (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
5275 const struct elf_segment_map
*m1
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg1
;
5276 const struct elf_segment_map
*m2
= *(const struct elf_segment_map
**) arg2
;
5278 if (m1
->p_type
!= m2
->p_type
)
5280 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5282 if (m2
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5284 return m1
->p_type
< m2
->p_type
? -1 : 1;
5286 if (m1
->includes_filehdr
!= m2
->includes_filehdr
)
5287 return m1
->includes_filehdr
? -1 : 1;
5288 if (m1
->no_sort_lma
!= m2
->no_sort_lma
)
5289 return m1
->no_sort_lma
? -1 : 1;
5290 if (m1
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& !m1
->no_sort_lma
)
5292 bfd_vma lma1
, lma2
; /* Octets. */
5294 if (m1
->p_paddr_valid
)
5296 else if (m1
->count
!= 0)
5298 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (m1
->sections
[0]->owner
,
5300 lma1
= (m1
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m1
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5303 if (m2
->p_paddr_valid
)
5305 else if (m2
->count
!= 0)
5307 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (m2
->sections
[0]->owner
,
5309 lma2
= (m2
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m2
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5312 return lma1
< lma2
? -1 : 1;
5314 if (m1
->idx
!= m2
->idx
)
5315 return m1
->idx
< m2
->idx
? -1 : 1;
5319 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
5321 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
5322 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
5323 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
5324 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
5325 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
5328 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
5329 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
5331 /* In other words, something like:
5333 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
5334 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
5335 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
5336 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
5338 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
5340 which can be collapsed into the expression below. */
5343 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
5345 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
5346 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
5348 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
5352 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
5355 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
5360 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
5361 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
5362 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
5363 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
5364 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
5365 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
5367 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
5368 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
5372 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
5373 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
5374 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
5380 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
5385 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
5387 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
5390 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
5395 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
5396 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
5400 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
5401 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5403 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5404 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
5405 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_load_seg
;
5406 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
5407 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
5408 file_ptr off
; /* Octets. */
5409 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
5410 unsigned int alloc
, actual
;
5412 struct elf_segment_map
**sorted_seg_map
;
5413 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
5415 if (link_info
== NULL
5416 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
5420 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
5425 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5426 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5430 /* PR binutils/12467. */
5431 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
5432 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
5435 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
5437 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5440 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5444 actual
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5445 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
5446 == actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
5447 BFD_ASSERT (actual
>= alloc
);
5452 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5456 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
5457 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
5458 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
5459 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
5460 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
5462 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
5463 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
5464 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
5465 phdrs
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, (actual
* sizeof (*phdrs
)
5466 + alloc
* sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
)));
5467 sorted_seg_map
= (struct elf_segment_map
**) (phdrs
+ actual
);
5468 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
5472 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), j
= 0; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, j
++)
5474 sorted_seg_map
[j
] = m
;
5475 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5476 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5477 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5478 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5479 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5481 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
5482 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
5484 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5485 m
->sections
[i
]->target_index
= i
;
5486 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
5491 qsort (sorted_seg_map
, alloc
, sizeof (*sorted_seg_map
),
5495 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5497 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5498 maxpagesize
= link_info
->maxpagesize
;
5500 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
5503 /* Sections must map to file offsets past the ELF file header. */
5504 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5505 /* And if one of the PT_LOAD headers doesn't include the program
5506 headers then we'll be mapping program headers in the usual
5507 position after the ELF file header. */
5508 phdr_load_seg
= NULL
;
5509 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5511 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5512 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5514 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5520 if (phdr_load_seg
== NULL
)
5521 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5523 for (j
= 0; j
< alloc
; j
++)
5526 bfd_vma off_adjust
; /* Octets. */
5529 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5530 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5531 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5532 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5533 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5534 m
= sorted_seg_map
[j
];
5536 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
5537 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
5540 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->p_vaddr_offset
* opb
;
5542 p
->p_vaddr
= (m
->sections
[0]->vma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5544 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5545 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
5546 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5549 p
->p_paddr
= (m
->sections
[0]->lma
+ m
->p_vaddr_offset
) * opb
;
5551 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5552 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
5554 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5555 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5556 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5557 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5558 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5559 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5560 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5562 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5563 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
5565 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
5567 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5568 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
5569 else if (m
->count
== 0)
5570 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
5572 if (m
== phdr_load_seg
)
5574 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5576 off
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5579 no_contents
= false;
5581 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5584 bfd_size_type align
; /* Bytes. */
5585 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
5587 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
5591 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5593 unsigned int secalign
;
5595 secalign
= bfd_section_alignment (*secpp
);
5596 if (secalign
> align_power
)
5597 align_power
= secalign
;
5599 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
5600 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
5601 align
= maxpagesize
;
5604 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5605 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
5606 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5607 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5608 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5609 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
5611 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5614 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5615 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
5617 no_contents
= false;
5621 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
* opb
);
5623 /* Broken hardware and/or kernel require that files do not
5624 map the same page with different permissions on some hppa
5627 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
5628 && bed
->no_page_alias
5629 && (off
& (maxpagesize
- 1)) != 0
5630 && ((off
& -maxpagesize
)
5631 == ((off
+ off_adjust
) & -maxpagesize
)))
5632 off_adjust
+= maxpagesize
;
5636 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5637 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5638 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5639 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5640 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5641 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5642 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5643 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5648 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5649 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5650 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
5652 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
5655 (_("%pB: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment"
5656 " is not the .dynamic section"),
5658 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5661 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5662 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
5663 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5664 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
5666 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5668 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5670 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5671 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5672 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5676 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
5677 || (!m
->p_paddr_valid
5678 && p
->p_paddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
))
5681 (_("%pB: not enough room for program headers,"
5682 " try linking with -N"),
5684 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5688 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5692 else if (sorted_seg_map
[0]->includes_filehdr
)
5694 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*filehdr
= phdrs
+ sorted_seg_map
[0]->idx
;
5695 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr
->p_vaddr
;
5696 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5697 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr
->p_paddr
;
5701 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5703 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5705 p
->p_filesz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5706 p
->p_memsz
+= actual
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5707 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
5709 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5711 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= p
->p_offset
;
5714 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5715 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5716 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
5719 else if (phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
)
5721 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
= phdrs
+ phdr_load_seg
->idx
;
5722 bfd_vma phdr_off
= 0; /* Octets. */
5723 if (phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
5724 phdr_off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5725 p
->p_vaddr
= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr_off
;
5726 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5727 p
->p_paddr
= phdr
->p_paddr
+ phdr_off
;
5728 p
->p_offset
= phdr
->p_offset
+ phdr_off
;
5731 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5735 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5736 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
5738 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
5743 /* Put meaningless p_offset for PT_LOAD segments
5744 without file contents somewhere within the first
5745 page, in an attempt to not point past EOF. */
5746 bfd_size_type align
= maxpagesize
;
5747 if (align
< p
->p_align
)
5751 p
->p_offset
= off
% align
;
5756 file_ptr adjust
; /* Octets. */
5758 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
5760 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5761 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5765 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5766 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5767 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5768 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5769 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5770 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
5773 bfd_size_type align
;
5774 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5777 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
5778 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_section_alignment (sec
);
5780 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5781 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5782 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
5783 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
5784 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
5785 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
5787 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
; /* Octets. */
5788 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
; /* Octets. */
5789 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
* opb
; /* Octets. */
5790 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
; /* Octets. */
5794 || p_end
< p_start
))
5797 /* xgettext:c-format */
5798 (_("%pB: section %pA lma %#" PRIx64
" adjusted to %#" PRIx64
),
5799 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) s_start
/ opb
,
5800 (uint64_t) p_end
/ opb
);
5802 sec
->lma
= p_end
/ opb
;
5804 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
5806 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5808 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5811 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
5813 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5814 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5816 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
5817 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
5821 /* We only adjust sh_offset in SHT_NOBITS sections
5822 as would seem proper for their address when the
5823 section is first in the segment. sh_offset
5824 doesn't really have any significance for
5825 SHT_NOBITS anyway, apart from a notional position
5826 relative to other sections. Historically we
5827 didn't bother with adjusting sh_offset and some
5828 programs depend on it not being adjusted. See
5829 pr12921 and pr25662. */
5830 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
|| i
== 0)
5833 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
)
5834 off_adjust
+= adjust
;
5837 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5838 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
5841 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5843 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5847 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5848 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5849 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5855 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5864 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5866 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
5867 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5868 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5870 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
5871 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
5872 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
5874 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5875 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5876 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5877 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5878 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5879 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5881 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
5883 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
5886 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5888 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5889 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5890 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5891 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5892 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5893 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5895 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
5897 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
5898 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5900 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5902 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
5903 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
5906 if (align
> p
->p_align
5907 && !m
->p_align_valid
5908 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5909 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
5913 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5916 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
5918 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
5925 /* PR ld/20815 - Check that the program header segment, if
5926 present, will be loaded into memory. */
5927 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
5928 && phdr_load_seg
== NULL
5929 && !(bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr
!= NULL
5930 && bed
->elf_backend_allow_non_load_phdr (abfd
, phdrs
, alloc
)))
5932 /* The fix for this error is usually to edit the linker script being
5933 used and set up the program headers manually. Either that or
5934 leave room for the headers at the start of the SECTIONS. */
5935 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: error: PHDR segment not covered"
5936 " by LOAD segment"),
5938 if (link_info
== NULL
)
5940 /* Arrange for the linker to exit with an error, deleting
5941 the output file unless --noinhibit-exec is given. */
5942 link_info
->callbacks
->info ("%X");
5945 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5946 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5947 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5949 bool check_vma
= true;
5951 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5952 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
5953 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
5954 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
5955 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
5956 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
5958 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5963 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
5965 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
5968 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
5969 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
5970 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
5971 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
5974 /* xgettext:c-format */
5975 (_("%pB: section `%pA' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5977 print_segment_map (m
);
5983 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5985 if (link_info
!= NULL
5986 && phdr_load_seg
!= NULL
5987 && phdr_load_seg
->includes_filehdr
)
5989 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
5990 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
5991 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
5993 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
5994 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
5995 false, false, true);
5996 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
5998 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
5999 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6000 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6001 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
6004 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
= phdrs
[phdr_load_seg
->idx
].p_vaddr
/ opb
;
6006 if (phdr_load_seg
->count
!= 0)
6007 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
6008 s
= phdr_load_seg
->sections
[0];
6010 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
6011 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
6012 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& m
->count
!= 0)
6020 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
6021 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
6025 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
6026 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6029 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6030 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
6038 /* Determine if a bfd is a debuginfo file. Unfortunately there
6039 is no defined method for detecting such files, so we have to
6040 use heuristics instead. */
6043 is_debuginfo_file (bfd
*abfd
)
6045 if (abfd
== NULL
|| bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6048 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**start_headers
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6049 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**end_headers
= start_headers
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6050 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**headerp
;
6052 for (headerp
= start_headers
; headerp
< end_headers
; headerp
++)
6054 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*header
= * headerp
;
6056 /* Debuginfo files do not have any allocated SHT_PROGBITS sections.
6057 The only allocated sections are SHT_NOBITS or SHT_NOTES. */
6058 if ((header
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) == SHF_ALLOC
6059 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
6060 && header
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOTE
)
6067 /* Assign file positions for the other sections, except for compressed debugging
6068 and other sections assigned in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load(). */
6071 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
6072 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6074 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6075 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
6076 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
, **end_hdrpp
;
6077 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
6078 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
6079 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
6081 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, NULL
);
6082 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
6084 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6085 maxpagesize
= link_info
->maxpagesize
;
6087 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
6088 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6089 end_hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6090 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6091 for (hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; hdrpp
< end_hdrpp
; hdrpp
++)
6093 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6096 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6097 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
6098 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
6099 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
6100 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
6101 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
6103 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0
6104 /* PR 24717 - debuginfo files are known to be not strictly
6105 compliant with the ELF standard. In particular they often
6106 have .note.gnu.property sections that are outside of any
6107 loadable segment. This is not a problem for such files,
6108 so do not warn about them. */
6109 && ! is_debuginfo_file (abfd
))
6111 /* xgettext:c-format */
6112 (_("%pB: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
6114 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
6116 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
6117 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
6118 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
6119 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6122 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
6124 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
6127 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6128 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6129 /* We don't know the offset of these sections yet: their size has
6130 not been decided. */
6131 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6132 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6133 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6134 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6135 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
6136 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6137 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6138 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)]
6139 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)])
6140 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6142 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, true);
6144 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6146 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
6147 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
6148 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
6149 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
6151 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6153 bfd_vma start
, end
; /* Bytes. */
6156 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6158 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
6159 in link_info. Note that there may be padding between
6160 relro_start and the first RELRO section. */
6161 start
= link_info
->relro_start
;
6162 end
= link_info
->relro_end
;
6164 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6166 if (!m
->p_size_valid
)
6168 start
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
;
6169 end
= start
+ m
->p_size
/ opb
;
6180 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
6181 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
6184 /* Find a LOAD segment containing a section in the RELRO
6186 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
6188 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
6190 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6192 && (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->vma
6193 + (!IS_TBSS (lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1])
6194 ? lm
->sections
[lm
->count
- 1]->size
/ opb
6196 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
< end
)
6202 /* Find the section starting the RELRO segment. */
6203 for (i
= 0; i
< lm
->count
; i
++)
6205 asection
*s
= lm
->sections
[i
];
6214 p
->p_vaddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->vma
* opb
;
6215 p
->p_paddr
= lm
->sections
[i
]->lma
* opb
;
6216 p
->p_offset
= lm
->sections
[i
]->filepos
;
6217 p
->p_memsz
= end
* opb
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6218 p
->p_filesz
= p
->p_memsz
;
6220 /* The RELRO segment typically ends a few bytes
6221 into .got.plt but other layouts are possible.
6222 In cases where the end does not match any
6223 loaded section (for instance is in file
6224 padding), trim p_filesz back to correspond to
6225 the end of loaded section contents. */
6226 if (p
->p_filesz
> lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
)
6227 p
->p_filesz
= lp
->p_vaddr
+ lp
->p_filesz
- p
->p_vaddr
;
6229 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are
6230 valid. The gold linker generates RW/4 for
6231 the PT_GNU_RELRO section. It is better for
6232 objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
6233 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate
6235 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
6237 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
6246 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
6248 (_("%pB: warning: unable to allocate any sections to PT_GNU_RELRO segment"),
6250 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
6253 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6255 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
6256 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
6258 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
6262 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
6263 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
6264 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
6266 /* A user specified segment layout may include a PHDR
6267 segment that overlaps with a LOAD segment... */
6268 if (p
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
6274 if (m
->includes_filehdr
|| m
->includes_phdrs
)
6276 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
6278 (_("%pB: error: non-load segment %d includes file header "
6279 "and/or program header"),
6280 abfd
, (int) (p
- phdrs
));
6285 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
6286 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
6288 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
6289 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
6290 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
6292 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
6294 /* NB: p_memsz of the loadable PT_NOTE segment
6295 should be the same as p_filesz. */
6296 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
6297 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
6298 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
6309 static elf_section_list
*
6310 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i
, elf_section_list
* list
)
6312 for (;list
!= NULL
; list
= list
->next
)
6318 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
6319 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
6320 VMAs must be known before this is called.
6322 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
6323 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and those that
6324 bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are stored in a normal
6325 bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't consider the former sort
6326 here, unless they form part of the loadable image. Reloc sections not
6327 assigned here (and compressed debugging sections and CTF sections which
6328 nothing else in the file can rely upon) will be handled later by
6329 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
6331 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
6334 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
6335 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6337 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6338 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6339 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6342 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
6343 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
6345 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6346 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6347 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
6351 /* Start after the ELF header. */
6352 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
6354 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
6355 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
6356 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
6357 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
6359 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
6362 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
6363 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
6364 /* Do not assign offsets for these sections yet: we don't know
6366 || (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6367 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
6368 || (bfd_section_is_ctf (hdr
->bfd_section
)
6369 && abfd
->is_linker_output
)))
6370 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
6371 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
) != NULL
6372 && hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
])
6373 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)
6374 || i
== elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
))
6376 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
6379 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, true);
6382 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6383 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = 0;
6387 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
6388 assignment of sections to segments. */
6389 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6392 /* And for non-load sections. */
6393 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
6397 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
6400 /* Write out the program headers. */
6401 alloc
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6404 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6405 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
6413 _bfd_elf_init_file_header (bfd
*abfd
,
6414 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6416 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
6417 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
6418 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6420 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6422 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
6423 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
6426 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
6428 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
6429 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
6430 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
6431 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
6433 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
6434 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
6435 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
6436 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6438 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
6439 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
6440 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
6441 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6442 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
6443 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
6445 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
6447 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
6449 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
6450 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
6453 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
6454 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
6455 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
6456 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
6457 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
6458 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
6459 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
6460 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
6462 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
6465 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
6466 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
6468 /* No program header, for now. */
6469 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
6470 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
6471 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
6473 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
6474 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
6475 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
6477 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6478 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", false);
6479 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6480 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", false);
6481 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
6482 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", false);
6483 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6484 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
6485 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
6491 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=.
6493 FIXME: We used to have code here to sort the PT_LOAD segments into
6494 ascending order, as per the ELF spec. But this breaks some programs,
6495 including the Linux kernel. But really either the spec should be
6496 changed or the programs updated. */
6499 _bfd_elf_modify_headers (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6501 if (link_info
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_pie (link_info
))
6503 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (obfd
);
6504 unsigned int num_segments
= i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
;
6505 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (obfd
);
6506 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= tdata
->phdr
;
6507 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
6509 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
6510 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
6511 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
6512 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
6513 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
6515 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
6516 segments is non-zero. */
6518 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
6523 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
6524 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
6527 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd
*abfd
)
6530 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
, **end_shdrpp
;
6531 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
6532 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
6533 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6535 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
6537 shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6538 end_shdrpp
= shdrpp
+ elf_numsections (abfd
);
6539 for (shdrpp
++; shdrpp
< end_shdrpp
; shdrpp
++)
6542 if (shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
6544 asection
*sec
= shdrp
->bfd_section
;
6545 bool is_rel
= (shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
6546 || shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
);
6547 bool is_ctf
= sec
&& bfd_section_is_ctf (sec
);
6550 || (sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
)))
6552 if (!is_rel
&& !is_ctf
)
6554 const char *name
= sec
->name
;
6555 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
6557 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
6558 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd
, sec
,
6562 if (sec
->compress_status
== COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
6563 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS_GABI
) == 0)
6565 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
6566 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
6568 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd
, name
);
6569 if (new_name
== NULL
)
6573 /* Add section name to section name section. */
6574 if (shdrp
->sh_name
!= (unsigned int) -1)
6577 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6579 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6581 /* Add reloc section name to section name section. */
6583 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6588 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd
,
6593 /* Update section size and contents. */
6594 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6595 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6596 shdrp
->bfd_section
->contents
= NULL
;
6600 /* Update section size and contents. */
6601 shdrp
->sh_size
= sec
->size
;
6602 shdrp
->contents
= sec
->contents
;
6605 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
,
6612 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
6614 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6615 shdrp
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
6616 shdrp
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
6617 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, true);
6619 /* Place the section headers. */
6620 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
6621 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6622 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
6623 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
6624 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
6625 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
6631 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6633 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6634 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
6636 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
6637 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
6639 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
6640 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
6642 /* Do not rewrite ELF data when the BFD has been opened for update.
6643 abfd->output_has_begun was set to TRUE on opening, so creation of new
6644 sections, and modification of existing section sizes was restricted.
6645 This means the ELF header, program headers and section headers can't have
6647 If the contents of any sections has been modified, then those changes have
6648 already been written to the BFD. */
6649 else if (abfd
->direction
== both_direction
)
6651 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
6655 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
6658 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
6662 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd
))
6665 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
6666 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
6667 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
6669 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
6670 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
6671 i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_name
);
6672 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
6673 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]))
6675 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
6677 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
6679 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6680 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
6685 /* Write out the section header names. */
6686 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
6687 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
6688 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
6689 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
6692 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
))
6695 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
6698 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6699 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
6700 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
6706 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
6708 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6709 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
6712 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6715 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
6717 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6718 unsigned int sec_index
;
6720 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
6721 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
6722 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
6724 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
6725 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
6726 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
6727 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
6728 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
6729 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6731 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
6733 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6734 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
6736 int retval
= sec_index
;
6738 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
6742 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
6743 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6748 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6752 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
6754 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
6756 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
6758 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6759 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6760 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6761 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6762 input sections rather than the output section. */
6763 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
6764 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6765 && asym_ptr
->section
)
6769 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
6770 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
6771 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6772 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
6773 && sec
->index
< elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
6774 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
] != NULL
)
6775 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
6778 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
6782 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6783 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6785 /* xgettext:c-format */
6786 (_("%pB: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6787 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
6788 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
6795 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8x\n",
6796 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, flags
);
6804 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6807 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
6809 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6810 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6811 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6812 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6813 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6816 unsigned int num_segments
;
6817 bool phdr_included
= false;
6819 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
6820 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
6821 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6822 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd
, NULL
);
6824 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6825 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6828 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6830 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6832 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6833 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6834 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6835 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6837 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6838 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6839 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6840 ? section->size : 0)
6842 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6843 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6844 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment, opb) \
6845 (section->vma * (opb) >= segment->p_vaddr \
6846 && (section->vma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6847 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6849 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6850 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6851 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base, opb) \
6852 (section->lma * (opb) >= base \
6853 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) / (opb) >= section->lma) \
6854 && (section->lma * (opb) + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6855 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6857 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6858 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6859 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6860 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6861 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6862 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6863 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6865 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6867 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6869 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6873 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6874 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6875 p_memsz set to 0. */
6876 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6878 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6879 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6880 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6881 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6883 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6884 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6885 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6887 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6888 A section will be included if:
6889 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6890 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6891 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6893 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6894 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6895 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6896 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6897 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6898 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6899 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6900 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \
6901 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6902 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr, opb) \
6903 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment, opb)) \
6904 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6905 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6906 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6907 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6908 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6909 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6910 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6911 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6912 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6913 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6914 || (segment->p_paddr \
6915 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma * (opb) \
6916 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma * (opb)) \
6917 || (strcmp (bfd_section_name (section), ".dynamic") == 0)) \
6918 && (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD || !section->segment_mark))
6920 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6921 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6922 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed, opb) \
6923 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed, opb) \
6924 && section->output_section != NULL)
6926 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6927 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6928 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6930 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6931 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6932 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6933 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6934 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6936 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6937 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6938 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6939 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6940 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6942 /* Initialise the segment mark field, and discard stupid alignment. */
6943 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6945 asection
*o
= section
->output_section
;
6946 if (o
!= NULL
&& o
->alignment_power
>= (sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 1)
6947 o
->alignment_power
= 0;
6948 section
->segment_mark
= false;
6951 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6952 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6953 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6954 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6955 p_paddr_valid
= false;
6956 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6959 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6961 p_paddr_valid
= true;
6965 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6966 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6967 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6968 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6969 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6974 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
6976 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
6977 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
6978 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
6980 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6981 assignment code will work. */
6982 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
* opb
;
6986 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6988 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6989 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
6990 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
6994 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
6995 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
6997 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
6999 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
7000 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
7003 /* Merge the two segments together. */
7004 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
7006 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
7008 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
7009 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
7011 if (extra_length
> 0)
7013 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
7014 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
7017 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7019 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
7021 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7026 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
7028 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
7029 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
7031 if (extra_length
> 0)
7033 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
7034 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
7037 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
7042 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
7043 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7047 unsigned int section_count
;
7048 asection
**sections
;
7049 asection
*output_section
;
7051 asection
*matching_lma
;
7052 asection
*suggested_lma
;
7055 asection
*first_section
;
7057 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
7060 first_section
= NULL
;
7061 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
7062 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7064 section
= section
->next
)
7066 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
7067 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
7068 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
, opb
))
7070 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7071 first_section
= section
;
7072 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7077 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7078 all of the sections we have selected. */
7079 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7080 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7081 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7085 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
7086 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
7088 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7089 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7090 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7092 if (map
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7093 && (ibfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0
7095 && segment
->p_align
> 1)
7097 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7098 if (segment
->p_align
> maxpagesize
)
7099 map
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
7100 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7103 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
7104 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
7106 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7108 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7109 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7112 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7113 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7114 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7115 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7116 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7118 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7120 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7121 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7122 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7123 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7124 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7126 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7127 phdr_included
= true;
7130 if (section_count
== 0)
7132 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
7133 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
7134 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
7135 a warning is produced.
7136 There is however the valid use case of embedded systems which
7137 have segments with p_filesz of 0 and a p_memsz > 0 to initialize
7138 flash memory with zeros. No warning is shown for that case. */
7139 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7140 && (segment
->p_filesz
> 0 || segment
->p_memsz
== 0))
7141 /* xgettext:c-format */
7143 (_("%pB: warning: empty loadable segment detected"
7144 " at vaddr=%#" PRIx64
", is this intentional?"),
7145 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_vaddr
);
7147 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
7149 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7150 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7155 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
7156 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
7157 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
7158 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
7160 1. None of the sections have been moved.
7161 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
7164 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
7165 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7166 of the first section.
7168 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
7169 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
7170 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
7171 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
7172 have to be created to contain the other sections.
7174 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
7175 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
7176 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
7177 or segments to contain the other sections.
7179 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
7180 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
7181 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
7183 amt
= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7184 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7185 if (sections
== NULL
)
7188 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
7189 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
7190 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
7191 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
7192 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
7195 matching_lma
= NULL
;
7196 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7198 for (section
= first_section
, j
= 0;
7200 section
= section
->next
)
7202 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
, opb
))
7204 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7206 sections
[j
++] = section
;
7208 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
7209 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
7210 correct value. Note - some backends require that
7211 p_paddr be left as zero. */
7213 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
7214 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7216 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
7217 && (align_power (segment
->p_vaddr
7218 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7219 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7220 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7221 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7223 output_section
->alignment_power
* opb
)
7224 == (output_section
->vma
* opb
)))
7225 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
7227 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
7228 LMA address of the output section. */
7229 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
,
7231 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
7232 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
7233 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
, opb
)))
7235 if (matching_lma
== NULL
7236 || output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
->lma
)
7237 matching_lma
= output_section
;
7239 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
7240 then it does not overlap any other section within that
7242 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
7244 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7245 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7247 if (j
== section_count
)
7252 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
7254 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
7256 if (isec
== section_count
)
7258 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
7259 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
7260 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
7261 program header in the input BFD. */
7262 map
->count
= section_count
;
7263 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7264 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7267 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7269 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7270 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7271 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7272 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7273 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7275 /* Account for padding before the first section in the
7277 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
) / opb
7278 - matching_lma
->lma
);
7286 /* Change the current segment's physical address to match
7287 the LMA of the first section that fitted, or if no
7288 section fitted, the first section. */
7289 if (matching_lma
== NULL
)
7290 matching_lma
= suggested_lma
;
7292 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
->lma
* opb
;
7294 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
7295 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
7296 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7298 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7300 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
7301 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
7302 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
7303 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
7304 offset when we know the correct value. */
7305 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
7306 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
7309 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7311 bfd_vma align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << matching_lma
->alignment_power
;
7312 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7313 /* We've subtracted off the size of headers from the
7314 first section lma, but there may have been some
7315 alignment padding before that section too. Try to
7316 account for that by adjusting the segment lma down to
7317 the same alignment. */
7318 if (segment
->p_align
!= 0 && segment
->p_align
< align
)
7319 align
= segment
->p_align
;
7320 map
->p_paddr
&= -(align
* opb
);
7324 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
7325 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
7326 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
7327 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
7328 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
7329 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
7335 suggested_lma
= NULL
;
7337 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
7338 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
7340 section
= sections
[j
];
7342 if (section
== NULL
)
7345 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
7347 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
7349 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
,
7351 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
7353 if (map
->count
== 0)
7355 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
7356 the beginning of the segment, then something is
7358 if (align_power (map
->p_paddr
7359 + (map
->includes_filehdr
7360 ? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
7361 + (map
->includes_phdrs
7362 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
7364 output_section
->alignment_power
* opb
)
7365 != output_section
->lma
* opb
)
7372 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
7374 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
7375 and the start of this section is more than
7376 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
7377 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
7379 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
7380 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
7381 > output_section
->lma
))
7383 if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7384 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7390 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
7393 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
7394 section
->segment_mark
= true;
7396 else if (suggested_lma
== NULL
)
7397 suggested_lma
= output_section
;
7400 /* PR 23932. A corrupt input file may contain sections that cannot
7401 be assigned to any segment - because for example they have a
7402 negative size - or segments that do not contain any sections.
7403 But there are also valid reasons why a segment can be empty.
7404 So allow a count of zero. */
7406 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
7407 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7408 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7410 if (isec
< section_count
)
7412 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
7413 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
7414 and carry on looping. */
7415 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7416 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7417 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7424 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
7425 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
7426 not yet been assigned. */
7428 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7429 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7430 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7431 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
->lma
* opb
;
7432 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7433 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
7434 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7439 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
7443 while (isec
< section_count
);
7448 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7450 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
7451 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
7452 the offset if necessary. */
7453 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
7457 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7460 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
7461 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
7462 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7464 for (map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
7465 if (map
->p_type
== PT_PHDR
)
7468 = phdr_adjust_seg
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0;
7469 map
->p_paddr
= phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
+ adjust
;
7476 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
7477 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
7479 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
7480 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
7481 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
7482 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
7483 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
7484 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
7488 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
7491 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7493 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
7494 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
7495 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
7496 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
7497 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7499 unsigned int num_segments
;
7500 bool phdr_included
= false;
7502 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (ibfd
, NULL
);
7504 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
7507 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
7509 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
7510 map->p_paddr_valid. */
7511 p_paddr_valid
= false;
7512 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7513 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7516 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
7518 p_paddr_valid
= true;
7522 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7527 unsigned int section_count
;
7529 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7530 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
7531 asection
*lowest_section
;
7533 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
7534 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
7536 section
= section
->next
)
7538 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7539 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7541 if (first_section
== NULL
)
7542 first_section
= section
;
7547 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
7548 all of the sections we have selected. */
7549 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
) - sizeof (asection
*);
7550 amt
+= section_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
7551 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
7555 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
7558 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
7559 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
7560 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
7561 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
7562 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
7563 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
7564 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
7565 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
7567 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
7568 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
7570 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
7571 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
7572 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
7573 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
7574 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
7576 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
7577 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
7580 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
7581 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
7582 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
7583 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
7585 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
7586 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
7588 map
->includes_phdrs
=
7589 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7590 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
7591 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
7592 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
7594 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
7595 phdr_included
= true;
7598 lowest_section
= NULL
;
7599 if (section_count
!= 0)
7601 unsigned int isec
= 0;
7603 for (section
= first_section
;
7605 section
= section
->next
)
7607 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7608 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7610 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
7611 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
7615 if (lowest_section
== NULL
7616 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
7617 lowest_section
= section
;
7619 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
7620 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
7621 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
7622 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
7624 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
7625 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
7627 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
7628 if (section
->lma
* opb
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
7629 map
->p_paddr_valid
= false;
7631 if (isec
== section_count
)
7637 if (section_count
== 0)
7638 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= segment
->p_vaddr
/ opb
;
7639 else if (map
->p_paddr_valid
)
7641 /* Account for padding before the first section in the segment. */
7642 bfd_vma hdr_size
= 0;
7643 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
7644 hdr_size
= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
7645 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
7646 hdr_size
+= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
7648 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((map
->p_paddr
+ hdr_size
) / opb
7649 - (lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0));
7652 map
->count
= section_count
;
7653 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
7654 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
7657 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
7661 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
7665 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
7667 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
7669 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7670 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7673 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
7676 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7678 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
7679 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
7680 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7681 asection
*section
, *osec
;
7682 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
7683 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
7684 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7686 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
7688 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
7689 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
7692 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
7693 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7694 section
= section
->next
)
7695 section
->segment_mark
= false;
7697 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7698 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7702 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
7703 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7704 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7705 map in this case. */
7706 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
7707 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
7708 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
7711 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
7712 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
7714 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7715 from the input BFD. */
7716 osec
= section
->output_section
;
7718 osec
->segment_mark
= true;
7720 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7721 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
7722 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
7724 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7725 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7727 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
7728 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
7729 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
7730 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
7731 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
7732 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
7738 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7740 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
7741 section
= section
->next
)
7743 if (!section
->segment_mark
)
7746 section
->segment_mark
= false;
7749 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
7754 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
7756 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7757 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7758 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
7760 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
7762 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
7765 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
7766 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
7768 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7769 if (segment
->p_align
> (bfd_vma
) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma
) * 8) - 2))
7770 /* xgettext:c-format */
7771 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: segment alignment of %#"
7772 PRIx64
" is too large"),
7773 ibfd
, (uint64_t) segment
->p_align
);
7775 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
7778 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
7779 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
7781 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
, maxpagesize
);
7784 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7787 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7791 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
7794 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7795 bool final_link
= (link_info
!= NULL
7796 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
));
7798 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7799 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7802 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
7804 /* If this is a known ABI section, ELF section type and flags may
7805 have been set up when OSEC was created. For normal sections we
7806 allow the user to override the type and flags other than
7807 SHF_MASKOS and SHF_MASKPROC. */
7808 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_PROGBITS
7809 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOTE
7810 || elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NOBITS
)
7811 elf_section_type (osec
) = SHT_NULL
;
7812 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, copy the ELF section type from
7813 the input file if the BFD section flags are the same. (If they
7814 are different the user may be doing something like
7815 "objcopy --set-section-flags .text=alloc,data".) For a final
7816 link allow some flags that the linker clears to differ. */
7817 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
7818 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
7820 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
7821 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
7822 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
7824 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7825 elf_section_flags (osec
) = (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7826 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
7828 /* Copy sh_info from input for mbind section. */
7829 if ((elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
) != 0
7830 && elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GNU_MBIND
)
7831 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
7832 = elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
7834 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7835 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7836 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7837 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7838 if ((link_info
== NULL
7839 || !link_info
->resolve_section_groups
)
7840 && (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
7841 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0))
7843 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
7844 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
7845 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7846 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
7849 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7850 if (!final_link
&& (ibfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
) == 0)
7851 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
7854 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7856 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7857 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7858 may be NULL at this point. */
7859 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
7861 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7862 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
7863 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
7866 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
7871 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7872 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7875 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
7880 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
7882 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7883 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7886 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
7887 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
7889 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
7891 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
7892 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
7893 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
7894 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
7895 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
7897 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
7901 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7902 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7903 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7904 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7905 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7909 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
7913 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
7914 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
7916 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
7917 asection
*s
= first
;
7918 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
7922 /* If this member section is being output but the
7923 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7924 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7925 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
7926 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
7928 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
7929 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
7933 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elf_sec
= elf_section_data (s
);
7934 if (s
->output_section
== discarded
7935 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
7937 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being
7938 output but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust
7941 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7942 && (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7944 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7945 && (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
) != 0)
7950 /* Also adjust for zero-sized relocation member
7952 if (elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
7953 && elf_sec
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
7955 if (elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
7956 && elf_sec
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
7960 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
7966 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
7968 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7969 adjust the input section size. */
7970 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
7971 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
7972 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
7973 if (isec
->size
<= 4)
7976 isec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7979 else if (isec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7981 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7983 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
7984 if (isec
->output_section
->size
<= 4)
7986 isec
->output_section
->size
= 0;
7987 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7996 /* Copy private header information. */
7999 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
8001 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8002 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8005 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
8006 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
8007 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
8008 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
8009 already been worked out. */
8010 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
8012 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
8016 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
8019 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
8020 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
8021 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
8022 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
8023 swap_out_syms function. */
8025 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
8026 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
8027 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
8028 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
8029 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
8032 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
8037 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
8039 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8040 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8043 isym
= elf_symbol_from (isymarg
);
8044 osym
= elf_symbol_from (osymarg
);
8047 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
8049 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
8053 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8054 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
8055 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
8056 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
8057 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
8058 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
8060 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
8061 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
8062 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx
, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd
)))
8063 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
8064 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8070 /* Swap out the symbols. */
8073 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
8074 struct elf_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
8076 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8078 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8079 unsigned int symcount
;
8081 struct elf_strtab_hash
*stt
;
8082 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8083 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
8084 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
8085 struct elf_sym_strtab
*symstrtab
;
8086 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
8087 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
8088 unsigned long outbound_syms_index
;
8090 unsigned int num_locals
;
8092 bool name_local_sections
;
8094 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
8097 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
8098 stt
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
8102 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8103 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
8104 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8105 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
8106 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8107 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
8108 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
8109 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
8111 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
8112 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8114 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
8115 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, sizeof (*symstrtab
), &amt
)
8116 || (symstrtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
)) == NULL
)
8118 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8119 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8123 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1, bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
, &amt
)
8124 || (outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
)) == NULL
)
8127 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
8130 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt
);
8133 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
8134 outbound_syms_index
= 0;
8136 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
8138 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8140 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
8141 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
8143 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (symcount
+ 1,
8144 sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
), &amt
))
8146 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8147 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
8150 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
8151 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
8152 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
8153 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8154 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8156 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
8159 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
8161 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
8162 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8168 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8169 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8170 symstrtab
[0].sym
= sym
;
8171 symstrtab
[0].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8172 outbound_syms_index
++;
8176 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
8177 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
8179 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
8180 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
;)
8182 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8183 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
8184 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
8185 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
8188 if (!name_local_sections
8189 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8191 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
8192 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
8196 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
8197 to get the final offset for st_name. */
8199 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt
, syms
[idx
]->name
,
8201 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8205 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (syms
[idx
]);
8207 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
8208 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8210 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
8211 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
8212 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
8213 sym
.st_size
= value
;
8214 if (type_ptr
== NULL
8215 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
8216 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
8218 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
8219 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
8220 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
8224 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
8227 if (sec
->output_section
)
8229 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
8230 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
8233 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
8234 if (! relocatable_p
)
8236 sym
.st_value
= value
;
8237 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
8239 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
8241 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
8243 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
8244 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
8245 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
8246 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
8250 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
8253 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
8256 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
8259 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
8262 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
8263 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->ndx
;
8270 if (shndx
>= SHN_LOPROC
&& shndx
<= SHN_HIOS
)
8272 if (bed
->symbol_section_index
)
8273 shndx
= bed
->symbol_section_index (abfd
, type_ptr
);
8274 /* Otherwise just leave the index alone. */
8278 if (shndx
> SHN_HIOS
&& shndx
< SHN_HIRESERVE
)
8279 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: \
8280 Unable to handle section index %x in ELF symbol. Using ABS instead."),
8289 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
8291 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8295 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
8296 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
8297 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
8298 demand of applications. For example, it
8299 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
8300 section of a symbol to be a section that is
8301 actually in the output file. */
8302 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
8304 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
8305 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8307 /* xgettext:c-format */
8309 (_("unable to find equivalent output section"
8310 " for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
8311 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
8313 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8319 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
8322 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8324 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8325 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
8326 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
8328 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
8330 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
8332 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
8337 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
8340 /* Processor-specific types. */
8341 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
8342 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8343 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
8344 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
8346 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
8348 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8349 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8351 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
8353 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8355 if (type
!= STT_TLS
)
8357 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON
))
8358 type
= ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON
)
8359 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8361 type
= ((flags
& BSF_ELF_COMMON
) != 0
8362 ? STT_COMMON
: STT_OBJECT
);
8364 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
8366 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
8367 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8371 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
8372 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
8375 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
8377 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
8379 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
8380 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
8381 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
8383 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
8386 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
8389 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
8391 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
8392 sym
.st_target_internal
8393 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
8398 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
8402 symstrtab
[idx
].sym
= sym
;
8403 symstrtab
[idx
].dest_index
= outbound_syms_index
;
8405 outbound_syms_index
++;
8408 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
8409 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt
);
8411 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
8412 for (idx
= 0; idx
<= symcount
; idx
++)
8414 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &symstrtab
[idx
];
8415 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8416 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
8418 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt
,
8419 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
8420 if (info
&& info
->callbacks
->ctf_new_symbol
)
8421 info
->callbacks
->ctf_new_symbol (elfsym
->dest_index
,
8424 /* Inform the linker of the addition of this symbol. */
8426 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
8428 + (elfsym
->dest_index
8429 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
8430 NPTR_ADD (outbound_shndx
,
8432 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
))));
8437 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt
);
8438 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
8439 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
8440 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
8441 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
8442 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
8443 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
8444 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
8449 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
8451 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
8452 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
8453 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
8456 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8458 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8460 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8462 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8463 if (symcount
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8465 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8468 symtab_size
= symcount
* (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8470 symtab_size
= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8471 else if (!bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8473 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8475 if (filesize
!= 0 && (unsigned long) symtab_size
> filesize
)
8477 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8486 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8488 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8490 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8492 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8494 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8498 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8499 if (symcount
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (asymbol
*))
8501 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8504 symtab_size
= symcount
* (sizeof (asymbol
*));
8506 symtab_size
= sizeof (asymbol
*);
8507 else if (!bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8509 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8511 if (filesize
!= 0 && (unsigned long) symtab_size
> filesize
)
8513 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8522 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr asect
)
8524 if (asect
->reloc_count
!= 0 && !bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8526 /* Sanity check reloc section size. */
8527 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
= elf_section_data (asect
);
8528 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= &d
->this_hdr
;
8529 bfd_size_type ext_rel_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_size
;
8530 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8532 if (filesize
!= 0 && ext_rel_size
> filesize
)
8534 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8539 #if SIZEOF_LONG == SIZEOF_INT
8540 if (asect
->reloc_count
>= LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8542 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8546 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1L) * sizeof (arelent
*);
8549 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
8552 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8559 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8561 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, false))
8564 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
8565 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
8566 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
8570 return section
->reloc_count
;
8574 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
8576 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8577 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, false);
8580 abfd
->symcount
= symcount
;
8585 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
8586 asymbol
**allocation
)
8588 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8589 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, true);
8592 abfd
->dynsymcount
= symcount
;
8596 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
8597 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
8598 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
8599 dynamic reloc section. */
8602 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
8604 bfd_size_type count
, ext_rel_size
;
8607 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8609 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8615 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8616 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8617 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8618 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8620 ext_rel_size
+= s
->size
;
8621 if (ext_rel_size
< s
->size
)
8623 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8626 count
+= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8627 if (count
> LONG_MAX
/ sizeof (arelent
*))
8629 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8633 if (count
> 1 && !bfd_write_p (abfd
))
8635 /* Sanity check reloc section sizes. */
8636 ufile_ptr filesize
= bfd_get_file_size (abfd
);
8637 if (filesize
!= 0 && ext_rel_size
> filesize
)
8639 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
8643 return count
* sizeof (arelent
*);
8646 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
8647 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
8648 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
8649 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
8650 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
8651 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
8652 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
8655 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
8659 bool (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bool);
8663 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
8665 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8669 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
8671 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
8673 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
8674 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
8675 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
8680 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, true))
8682 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8684 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
8695 /* Read in the version information. */
8698 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bool default_imported_symver
)
8700 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8701 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
8704 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
8706 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8707 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
8708 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
8710 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
8712 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
8714 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0
8715 || hdr
->sh_info
> hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
8717 error_return_bad_verref
:
8719 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd
);
8720 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8721 error_return_verref
:
8722 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
8723 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
8727 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8728 goto error_return_verref
;
8729 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8730 if (contents
== NULL
)
8731 goto error_return_verref
;
8733 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
), &amt
))
8735 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8736 goto error_return_verref
;
8738 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8739 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
8740 goto error_return_verref
;
8742 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
8743 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
8744 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
8745 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
8746 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
8747 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
8749 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
8750 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
8753 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
8755 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
8757 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
8758 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8760 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
8761 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8763 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
8764 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
8767 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
8768 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
), &amt
))
8770 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8771 goto error_return_verref
;
8773 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
8774 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8775 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
8776 goto error_return_verref
;
8779 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
8780 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8781 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8783 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8784 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
8785 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
8786 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
8788 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
8790 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
8791 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8792 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
8793 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
8794 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8796 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
8797 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
8799 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
8800 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
== 0)
8802 iverneed
->vn_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8805 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
8806 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
8808 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
8809 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
8810 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8812 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
8813 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
8816 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
8817 if (iverneed
->vn_next
== 0)
8819 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
8820 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
8822 if (iverneed
->vn_next
8823 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
8824 goto error_return_bad_verref
;
8826 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
8827 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
8829 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= i
;
8835 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
8837 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8838 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
8839 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
8840 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
8841 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
8843 unsigned int maxidx
;
8844 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
8846 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
8848 if (hdr
->sh_info
== 0 || hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
8850 error_return_bad_verdef
:
8852 (_("%pB: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd
);
8853 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8854 error_return_verdef
:
8855 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
8856 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
8860 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
8861 goto error_return_verdef
;
8862 contents
= _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
, hdr
->sh_size
);
8863 if (contents
== NULL
)
8864 goto error_return_verdef
;
8866 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
8867 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
8868 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8869 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
8870 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
8871 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
8873 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8874 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8876 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8878 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
8880 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8882 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) == 0)
8883 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8884 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
8885 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
8887 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
== 0)
8890 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
8891 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8892 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8894 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8895 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
8898 if (default_imported_symver
)
8900 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
8905 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
8907 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8908 goto error_return_verdef
;
8910 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8911 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
8912 goto error_return_verdef
;
8914 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
8916 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
8917 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
8918 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
8920 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
8921 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
8924 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
8926 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
8927 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8929 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
8930 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
, vd_bfd
));
8932 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
8934 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
8935 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
8938 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
8939 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
), &amt
))
8941 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
8942 goto error_return_verdef
;
8944 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
8945 bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
8946 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
8947 goto error_return_verdef
;
8951 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
8952 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8954 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8955 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
8956 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
8957 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
8959 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
8961 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
8962 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
8963 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
8964 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
8965 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8967 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
8968 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
== 0)
8970 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= j
+ 1;
8973 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8974 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
8976 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
8977 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
8978 goto error_return_bad_verdef
;
8980 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
8981 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
8984 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= NULL
;
8985 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
8986 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
8988 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
8989 if (iverdef
->vd_next
== 0)
8991 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
8992 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
8994 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
8995 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
9001 else if (default_imported_symver
)
9008 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
), &amt
))
9010 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
9013 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
9014 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
9017 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
9020 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
9021 if (default_imported_symver
)
9023 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
9024 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
9026 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
9028 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
9029 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
9030 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
9031 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
9033 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
9035 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
9036 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
9037 goto error_return_verdef
;
9038 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
9039 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= ((struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
9040 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
)));
9041 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
9042 goto error_return_verdef
;
9044 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
9045 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
9056 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
9058 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
9060 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*newsym
));
9063 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
9064 return &newsym
->symbol
;
9068 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9072 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
9075 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
9076 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
9080 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9083 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
9084 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
9087 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
9088 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
9089 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
9092 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
9093 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
9094 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
9095 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
9096 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
9097 we treat such symbols as local. */
9098 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
9101 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
9102 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
9103 These labels have the form:
9105 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
9107 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
9109 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
9110 so we only need to match the rest. */
9111 if (name
[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name
[1]))
9117 for (p
= name
+ 2; (c
= *p
); p
++)
9119 if (c
== 1 || c
== 2)
9121 if (c
== 1 && p
== name
+ 2)
9122 /* A fake symbol. */
9125 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
9126 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
9127 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
9128 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
9129 other than some kind of local ? */
9146 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9147 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9154 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
9155 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
9156 unsigned long machine
)
9158 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
9159 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
9160 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
9161 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
9162 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
9165 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
9168 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
9169 for error reporting. */
9172 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
9176 const char **filename_ptr
,
9177 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9178 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
9179 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
9183 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
9184 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
9185 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
9186 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9187 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
9190 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9191 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
))
9193 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
9194 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9195 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
9200 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9201 &found
, filename_ptr
,
9202 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9203 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
9205 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
9208 if (symbols
== NULL
)
9211 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
9212 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
9219 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
9222 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
9223 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9225 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
9226 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
9227 dwarf_debug_sections
,
9228 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9231 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
9232 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
9233 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
9234 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
9235 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
9238 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
9239 const char **filename_ptr
,
9240 const char **functionname_ptr
,
9241 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
9244 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
9245 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
9246 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9251 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9253 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9254 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
9256 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9258 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
9260 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
9262 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
9265 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
9266 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
9269 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
9272 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
9280 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
9282 const void *location
,
9284 bfd_size_type count
)
9286 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9289 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
9290 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
9296 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
9297 if (hdr
->sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
9299 unsigned char *contents
;
9301 if (bfd_section_is_ctf (section
))
9302 /* Nothing to do with this section: the contents are generated
9306 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0)
9309 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write into an unallocated compressed section"),
9311 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9315 if ((offset
+ count
) > hdr
->sh_size
)
9318 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write over the end of the section"),
9321 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9325 contents
= hdr
->contents
;
9326 if (contents
== NULL
)
9329 (_("%pB:%pA: error: attempting to write section into an empty buffer"),
9332 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9336 memcpy (contents
+ offset
, location
, count
);
9340 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
9341 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9342 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
9349 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9350 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9351 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9357 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
9360 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
9362 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
9364 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
9366 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
9367 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9369 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
9370 equivalent ELF reloc. */
9372 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
9374 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9377 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
9380 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
9383 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
9386 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
9389 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
9392 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
9398 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9400 if (howto
&& areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9402 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
9403 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
9405 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
9410 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
9416 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
9419 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
9422 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
9425 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
9428 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
9434 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
9438 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
9446 /* xgettext:c-format */
9447 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
9448 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
9449 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
9454 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
9456 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
9458 && (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
9459 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
9461 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
9462 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
9463 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
9466 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
9469 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
9470 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
9471 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
9474 bfd_reloc_status_type
9475 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
9476 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9477 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9478 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9479 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9481 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
9484 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
9485 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
9486 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
9487 out details about the corefile. */
9489 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
9490 # include <sys/procfs.h>
9493 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
9494 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
9497 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
9501 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
9503 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
9508 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
9509 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
9510 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
9514 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
9518 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
9521 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
9525 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
9526 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
9527 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
9531 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
9532 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
9533 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
9534 such a section already exists.
9535 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
9536 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
9537 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
9539 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9545 char *threaded_name
;
9549 /* Build the section name. */
9551 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
9552 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
9553 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9554 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
9556 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
9558 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
9563 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
9564 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9566 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
9570 elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
9573 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
9579 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- offs
;
9580 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offs
;
9581 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
9586 /* prstatus_t exists on:
9588 linux 2.[01] + glibc
9592 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9595 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9600 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
9604 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9605 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
9606 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9608 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9609 has already been set by another thread. */
9610 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9611 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9612 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9613 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9615 /* pr_who exists on:
9618 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9621 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
9622 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9624 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9627 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9628 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
9630 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9631 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9633 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
9634 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
9635 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
9637 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
9638 has already been set by another thread. */
9639 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
9640 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
9641 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
9642 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9644 /* pr_who exists on:
9647 pr_who doesn't exist on:
9650 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
9651 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
9653 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
9656 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
9659 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
9660 note size (ie. data object type). */
9664 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
9665 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
9666 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
9668 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
9670 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
9672 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
9674 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9676 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
9677 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
9680 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
9681 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
9682 data structure apart. */
9685 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9687 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
9690 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
9691 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
9695 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9697 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
9700 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
9701 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
9702 contents literally. */
9705 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9707 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
9711 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9713 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
9717 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9719 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
9723 elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9725 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tar", note
);
9729 elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9731 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ppr", note
);
9735 elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9737 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-dscr", note
);
9741 elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9743 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-ebb", note
);
9747 elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9749 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-pmu", note
);
9753 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9755 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr", note
);
9759 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9761 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr", note
);
9765 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9767 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx", note
);
9771 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9773 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx", note
);
9777 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9779 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr", note
);
9783 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9785 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar", note
);
9789 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9791 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr", note
);
9795 elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9797 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr", note
);
9801 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9803 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
9807 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9809 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
9813 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9815 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
9819 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9821 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
9825 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9827 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
9831 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9833 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
9837 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9839 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
9843 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9845 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
9849 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9851 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
9855 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9857 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note
);
9861 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9863 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note
);
9867 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9869 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb", note
);
9873 elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9875 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc", note
);
9879 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9881 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
9885 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9887 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
9891 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9893 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
9897 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9899 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
9903 elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9905 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-sve", note
);
9909 elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9911 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-pauth", note
);
9915 elfcore_grok_aarch_mte (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9917 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-mte",
9922 elfcore_grok_arc_v2 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9924 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arc-v2", note
);
9927 /* Convert NOTE into a bfd_section called ".reg-riscv-csr". Return TRUE if
9928 successful otherwise, return FALSE. */
9931 elfcore_grok_riscv_csr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9933 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-riscv-csr", note
);
9936 /* Convert NOTE into a bfd_section called ".gdb-tdesc". Return TRUE if
9937 successful otherwise, return FALSE. */
9940 elfcore_grok_gdb_tdesc (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9942 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".gdb-tdesc", note
);
9946 elfcore_grok_loongarch_cpucfg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9948 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-loongarch-cpucfg", note
);
9952 elfcore_grok_loongarch_lbt (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9954 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-loongarch-lbt", note
);
9958 elfcore_grok_loongarch_lsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9960 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-loongarch-lsx", note
);
9964 elfcore_grok_loongarch_lasx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9966 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-loongarch-lasx", note
);
9969 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
9970 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9971 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9972 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9976 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9977 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
9978 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
9979 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
9983 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
9984 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
9985 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
9988 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
9991 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
9999 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
10003 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
10009 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10011 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10013 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
10015 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
10017 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
10019 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
10020 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
10022 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10023 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
10024 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
10026 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10027 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
10028 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
10030 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
10031 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
10033 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
10034 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
10036 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
10038 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
10039 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
10041 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10042 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
10043 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
10045 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10046 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
10047 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
10053 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
10054 note size (ie. data object type). */
10058 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
10059 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
10060 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
10063 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
10064 int n
= strlen (command
);
10066 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
10067 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
10072 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
10074 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10076 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10078 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
10079 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
10080 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
10086 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
10088 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
10090 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
10091 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
10093 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
10096 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
10098 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
10101 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
10102 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
10103 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
10107 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
10109 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10111 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10113 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
10119 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
10120 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
10121 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
10126 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
10128 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
10129 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
10131 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10132 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
10134 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
10136 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
10137 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10138 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10141 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10143 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10147 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10148 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
10149 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
10150 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
10153 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
10154 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
10155 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
10158 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10160 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10163 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
10165 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
10166 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10167 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10170 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10172 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10176 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10177 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
10178 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
10179 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
10182 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
10183 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
10184 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
10187 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10189 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
10191 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
10193 /* These constants, and the structure offsets used below, are defined by
10194 Cygwin's core_dump.h */
10195 #define NOTE_INFO_PROCESS 1
10196 #define NOTE_INFO_THREAD 2
10197 #define NOTE_INFO_MODULE 3
10198 #define NOTE_INFO_MODULE64 4
10201 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10206 unsigned int name_size
;
10209 int is_active_thread
;
10212 if (note
->descsz
< 4)
10215 if (! startswith (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
10218 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
10222 const char *type_name
;
10223 unsigned long min_size
;
10226 { "NOTE_INFO_PROCESS", 12 },
10227 { "NOTE_INFO_THREAD", 12 },
10228 { "NOTE_INFO_MODULE", 12 },
10229 { "NOTE_INFO_MODULE64", 16 },
10232 if (type
== 0 || type
> (sizeof(size_check
)/sizeof(size_check
[0])))
10235 if (note
->descsz
< size_check
[type
- 1].min_size
)
10237 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: warning: win32pstatus %s of size %lu bytes is too small"),
10238 abfd
, size_check
[type
- 1].type_name
, note
->descsz
);
10244 case NOTE_INFO_PROCESS
:
10245 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
10246 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10247 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10250 case NOTE_INFO_THREAD
:
10251 /* Make a ".reg/<tid>" section containing the Win32 API thread CONTEXT
10253 /* thread_info.tid */
10254 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4));
10256 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10257 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10261 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10263 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10267 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10268 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
- 12;
10269 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
10270 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
10271 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10273 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
10274 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10276 if (is_active_thread
)
10277 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
10281 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE
:
10282 case NOTE_INFO_MODULE64
:
10283 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
10284 if (type
== NOTE_INFO_MODULE
)
10286 /* module_info.base_address */
10287 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10288 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
10289 /* module_info.module_name_size */
10290 name_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
10292 else /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE64 */
10294 /* module_info.base_address */
10295 base_addr
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
10296 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%016lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
10297 /* module_info.module_name_size */
10298 name_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
10301 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
10302 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
10306 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
10308 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
10313 if (note
->descsz
< 12 + name_size
)
10315 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: win32pstatus NOTE_INFO_MODULE of size %lu is too small to contain a name of size %u"),
10316 abfd
, note
->descsz
, name_size
);
10320 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10321 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
10322 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
10333 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10335 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10337 switch (note
->type
)
10343 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
10344 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10346 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
10347 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10352 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10354 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10357 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
10359 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
10362 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
10363 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10365 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
10366 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
10368 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
10369 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10370 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10371 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10375 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
10376 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10377 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10378 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10383 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10384 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10385 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
10390 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10391 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10392 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
10397 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10398 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10399 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tar (abfd
, note
);
10404 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10405 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10406 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ppr (abfd
, note
);
10411 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10412 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10413 return elfcore_grok_ppc_dscr (abfd
, note
);
10418 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10419 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10420 return elfcore_grok_ppc_ebb (abfd
, note
);
10425 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10426 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10427 return elfcore_grok_ppc_pmu (abfd
, note
);
10431 case NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
:
10432 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10433 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10434 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, note
);
10438 case NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
:
10439 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10440 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10441 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, note
);
10445 case NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
:
10446 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10447 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10448 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, note
);
10452 case NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
:
10453 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10454 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10455 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, note
);
10459 case NT_PPC_TM_SPR
:
10460 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10461 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10462 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, note
);
10466 case NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
:
10467 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10468 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10469 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, note
);
10473 case NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
:
10474 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10475 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10476 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, note
);
10480 case NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
:
10481 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10482 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10483 return elfcore_grok_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, note
);
10487 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
10488 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10489 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10490 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
10494 case NT_S390_TIMER
:
10495 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10496 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10497 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
10501 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
10502 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10503 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10504 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
10508 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
10509 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10510 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10511 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
10516 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10517 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10518 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
10522 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
10523 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10524 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10525 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
10529 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
10530 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10531 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10532 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
10536 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
10537 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10538 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10539 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
10544 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10545 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10546 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
10550 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
:
10551 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10552 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10553 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, note
);
10557 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
:
10558 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10559 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10560 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, note
);
10564 case NT_S390_GS_CB
:
10565 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10566 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10567 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, note
);
10571 case NT_S390_GS_BC
:
10572 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10573 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10574 return elfcore_grok_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, note
);
10579 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10580 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10581 return elfcore_grok_arc_v2 (abfd
, note
);
10586 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10587 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10588 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10593 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10594 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10595 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
10599 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
10600 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10601 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10602 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
10606 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
10607 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10608 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10609 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
10614 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10615 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10616 return elfcore_grok_aarch_sve (abfd
, note
);
10620 case NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
:
10621 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10622 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10623 return elfcore_grok_aarch_pauth (abfd
, note
);
10627 case NT_ARM_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL
:
10628 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10629 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10630 return elfcore_grok_aarch_mte (abfd
, note
);
10635 if (note
->namesz
== 4
10636 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "GDB") == 0)
10637 return elfcore_grok_gdb_tdesc (abfd
, note
);
10642 if (note
->namesz
== 4
10643 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "GDB") == 0)
10644 return elfcore_grok_riscv_csr (abfd
, note
);
10648 case NT_LARCH_CPUCFG
:
10649 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10650 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10651 return elfcore_grok_loongarch_cpucfg (abfd
, note
);
10656 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10657 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10658 return elfcore_grok_loongarch_lbt (abfd
, note
);
10663 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10664 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10665 return elfcore_grok_loongarch_lsx (abfd
, note
);
10669 case NT_LARCH_LASX
:
10670 if (note
->namesz
== 6
10671 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
10672 return elfcore_grok_loongarch_lasx (abfd
, note
);
10678 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
10679 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
10681 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
10682 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10688 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
10691 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
10695 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
10702 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10704 struct bfd_build_id
* build_id
;
10706 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
10709 build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
10710 if (build_id
== NULL
)
10713 build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
10714 memcpy (build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10715 abfd
->build_id
= build_id
;
10721 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10723 switch (note
->type
)
10728 case NT_GNU_PROPERTY_TYPE_0
:
10729 return _bfd_elf_parse_gnu_properties (abfd
, note
);
10731 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
10732 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
10737 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10739 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
10740 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
,
10741 sizeof (struct sdt_note
) + note
->descsz
);
10743 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
10744 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
10745 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
10747 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
10753 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10755 switch (note
->type
)
10758 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
10766 elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10770 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10773 if (note
->descsz
< 108)
10778 if (note
->descsz
< 120)
10786 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10787 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10792 /* Skip over pr_psinfosz. */
10793 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10797 offset
+= 4; /* Padding before pr_psinfosz. */
10801 /* pr_fname is PRFNAMESZ (16) + 1 bytes in size. */
10802 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
10803 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 17);
10806 /* pr_psargs is PRARGSZ (80) + 1 bytes in size. */
10807 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10808 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ offset
, 81);
10811 /* Padding before pr_pid. */
10814 /* The pr_pid field was added in version "1a". */
10815 if (note
->descsz
< offset
+ 4)
10818 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10819 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10825 elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10831 /* Compute offset of pr_getregsz, skipping over pr_statussz.
10832 Also compute minimum size of this note. */
10833 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
10837 min_size
= offset
+ (4 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4;
10841 offset
= 4 + 4 + 8; /* Includes padding before pr_statussz. */
10842 min_size
= offset
+ (8 * 2) + 4 + 4 + 4 + 4;
10849 if (note
->descsz
< min_size
)
10852 /* Check for version 1 in pr_version. */
10853 if (bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
) != 1)
10856 /* Extract size of pr_reg from pr_gregsetsz. */
10857 /* Skip over pr_gregsetsz and pr_fpregsetsz. */
10858 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
10860 size
= bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10865 size
= bfd_h_get_64 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10869 /* Skip over pr_osreldate. */
10872 /* Read signal from pr_cursig. */
10873 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
10874 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10875 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10878 /* Read TID from pr_pid. */
10879 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
10880 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ offset
);
10883 /* Padding before pr_reg. */
10884 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
10887 /* Make sure that there is enough data remaining in the note. */
10888 if ((note
->descsz
- offset
) < size
)
10891 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
10892 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
10893 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
10897 elfcore_grok_freebsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10899 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10901 switch (note
->type
)
10904 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
)
10905 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_freebsd_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
10907 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
10910 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
10913 return elfcore_grok_freebsd_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
10915 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC
:
10916 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10917 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".thrmisc", note
);
10921 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_PROC
:
10922 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.proc",
10925 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_FILES
:
10926 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.files",
10929 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_VMMAP
:
10930 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.vmmap",
10933 case NT_FREEBSD_PROCSTAT_AUXV
:
10934 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
10936 case NT_X86_XSTATE
:
10937 if (note
->namesz
== 8)
10938 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
10942 case NT_FREEBSD_PTLWPINFO
:
10943 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.freebsdcore.lwpinfo",
10947 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
10955 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
10959 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
10962 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
10969 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10971 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x7c + 31)
10974 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
10975 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
10976 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
10978 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
10979 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
10980 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
10982 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
10983 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
10984 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
10986 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
10991 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
10995 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
10996 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
10998 switch (note
->type
)
11000 case NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
:
11001 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
11002 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
11003 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
11004 creates a core file. */
11005 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
11006 case NT_NETBSDCORE_AUXV
:
11007 /* NetBSD-specific Elf Auxiliary Vector data. */
11008 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 4);
11009 case NT_NETBSDCORE_LWPSTATUS
:
11010 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
,
11011 ".note.netbsdcore.lwpstatus",
11017 /* As of March 2020 there are no other machine-independent notes
11018 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
11019 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
11022 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
11026 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
11028 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
11029 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
11031 case bfd_arch_aarch64
:
11032 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
11033 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
11034 switch (note
->type
)
11036 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
11037 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
11039 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
11040 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
11046 /* On SuperH, PT_GETREGS == mach+3 and PT_GETFPREGS == mach+5.
11047 There's also old PT___GETREGS40 == mach + 1 for old reg
11048 structure which lacks GBR. */
11051 switch (note
->type
)
11053 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
11054 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
11056 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+5:
11057 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
11063 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
11064 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
11067 switch (note
->type
)
11069 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
11070 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
11072 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
11073 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
11083 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11085 if (note
->descsz
<= 0x48 + 31)
11088 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
11089 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
11090 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
11092 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
11093 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
11094 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
11096 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
11097 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
11098 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
11103 /* Processes Solaris's process status note.
11104 sig_off ~ offsetof(prstatus_t, pr_cursig)
11105 pid_off ~ offsetof(prstatus_t, pr_pid)
11106 lwpid_off ~ offsetof(prstatus_t, pr_who)
11107 gregset_size ~ sizeof(gregset_t)
11108 gregset_offset ~ offsetof(prstatus_t, pr_reg) */
11111 elfcore_grok_solaris_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
* note
, int sig_off
,
11112 int pid_off
, int lwpid_off
, size_t gregset_size
,
11113 size_t gregset_offset
)
11115 asection
*sect
= NULL
;
11116 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
11117 = bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ sig_off
);
11118 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
11119 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ pid_off
);
11120 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
11121 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ lwpid_off
);
11123 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reg");
11125 sect
->size
= gregset_size
;
11127 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", gregset_size
,
11128 note
->descpos
+ gregset_offset
);
11131 /* Gets program and arguments from a core.
11132 prog_off ~ offsetof(prpsinfo | psinfo_t, pr_fname)
11133 comm_off ~ offsetof(prpsinfo | psinfo_t, pr_psargs) */
11136 elfcore_grok_solaris_info(bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
* note
,
11137 int prog_off
, int comm_off
)
11139 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
11140 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ prog_off
, 16);
11141 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
11142 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ comm_off
, 80);
11147 /* Processes Solaris's LWP status note.
11148 gregset_size ~ sizeof(gregset_t)
11149 gregset_off ~ offsetof(lwpstatus_t, pr_reg)
11150 fpregset_size ~ sizeof(fpregset_t)
11151 fpregset_off ~ offsetof(lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg) */
11154 elfcore_grok_solaris_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
* note
,
11155 size_t gregset_size
, int gregset_off
,
11156 size_t fpregset_size
, int fpregset_off
)
11158 asection
*sect
= NULL
;
11159 char reg2_section_name
[16] = { 0 };
11161 (void) snprintf (reg2_section_name
, 16, "%s/%i", ".reg2",
11162 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
);
11164 /* offsetof(lwpstatus_t, pr_lwpid) */
11165 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
11166 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
11167 /* offsetof(lwpstatus_t, pr_cursig) */
11168 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
11169 = bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
11171 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reg");
11173 sect
->size
= gregset_size
;
11174 else if (!_bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", gregset_size
,
11175 note
->descpos
+ gregset_off
))
11178 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, reg2_section_name
);
11181 sect
->size
= fpregset_size
;
11182 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ fpregset_off
;
11183 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
11185 else if (!_bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", fpregset_size
,
11186 note
->descpos
+ fpregset_off
))
11193 elfcore_grok_solaris_note_impl (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11198 /* core files are identified as 32- or 64-bit, SPARC or x86,
11199 by the size of the descsz which matches the sizeof()
11200 the type appropriate for that note type (e.g., prstatus_t for
11201 SOLARIS_NT_PRSTATUS) for the corresponding architecture
11202 on Solaris. The core file bitness may differ from the bitness of
11203 gdb itself, so fixed values are used instead of sizeof().
11204 Appropriate fixed offsets are also used to obtain data from
11207 switch ((int) note
->type
)
11209 case SOLARIS_NT_PRSTATUS
:
11210 switch (note
->descsz
)
11212 case 508: /* sizeof(prstatus_t) SPARC 32-bit */
11213 return elfcore_grok_solaris_prstatus(abfd
, note
,
11214 136, 216, 308, 152, 356);
11215 case 904: /* sizeof(prstatus_t) SPARC 64-bit */
11216 return elfcore_grok_solaris_prstatus(abfd
, note
,
11217 264, 360, 520, 304, 600);
11218 case 432: /* sizeof(prstatus_t) Intel 32-bit */
11219 return elfcore_grok_solaris_prstatus(abfd
, note
,
11220 136, 216, 308, 76, 356);
11221 case 824: /* sizeof(prstatus_t) Intel 64-bit */
11222 return elfcore_grok_solaris_prstatus(abfd
, note
,
11223 264, 360, 520, 224, 600);
11228 case SOLARIS_NT_PSINFO
:
11229 case SOLARIS_NT_PRPSINFO
:
11230 switch (note
->descsz
)
11232 case 260: /* sizeof(prpsinfo_t) SPARC and Intel 32-bit */
11233 return elfcore_grok_solaris_info(abfd
, note
, 84, 100);
11234 case 328: /* sizeof(prpsinfo_t) SPARC and Intel 64-bit */
11235 return elfcore_grok_solaris_info(abfd
, note
, 120, 136);
11236 case 360: /* sizeof(psinfo_t) SPARC and Intel 32-bit */
11237 return elfcore_grok_solaris_info(abfd
, note
, 88, 104);
11238 case 440: /* sizeof(psinfo_t) SPARC and Intel 64-bit */
11239 return elfcore_grok_solaris_info(abfd
, note
, 136, 152);
11244 case SOLARIS_NT_LWPSTATUS
:
11245 switch (note
->descsz
)
11247 case 896: /* sizeof(lwpstatus_t) SPARC 32-bit */
11248 return elfcore_grok_solaris_lwpstatus(abfd
, note
,
11249 152, 344, 400, 496);
11250 case 1392: /* sizeof(lwpstatus_t) SPARC 64-bit */
11251 return elfcore_grok_solaris_lwpstatus(abfd
, note
,
11252 304, 544, 544, 848);
11253 case 800: /* sizeof(lwpstatus_t) Intel 32-bit */
11254 return elfcore_grok_solaris_lwpstatus(abfd
, note
,
11255 76, 344, 380, 420);
11256 case 1296: /* sizeof(lwpstatus_t) Intel 64-bit */
11257 return elfcore_grok_solaris_lwpstatus(abfd
, note
,
11258 224, 544, 528, 768);
11263 case SOLARIS_NT_LWPSINFO
:
11264 /* sizeof(lwpsinfo_t) on 32- and 64-bit, respectively */
11265 if (note
->descsz
== 128 || note
->descsz
== 152)
11266 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
=
11267 bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
11277 /* For name starting with "CORE" this may be either a Solaris
11278 core file or a gdb-generated core file. Do Solaris-specific
11279 processing on selected note types first with
11280 elfcore_grok_solaris_note(), then process the note
11281 in elfcore_grok_note(). */
11284 elfcore_grok_solaris_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11286 if (!elfcore_grok_solaris_note_impl (abfd
, note
))
11289 return elfcore_grok_note (abfd
, note
);
11293 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11295 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
11296 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
11298 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
11299 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
11301 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
11302 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
11304 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
11305 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
11307 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
11308 return elfcore_make_auxv_note_section (abfd
, note
, 0);
11310 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
11312 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
11317 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11318 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11319 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
11328 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
11330 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
11337 if (note
->descsz
< 16)
11340 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
11341 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
11343 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
11344 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
11346 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
11347 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
11349 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
11350 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
11352 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
11353 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
11356 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
11357 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
11358 thread just in case. */
11359 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
11360 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
11362 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
11363 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
11365 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
11368 strcpy (name
, buf
);
11370 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11374 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11375 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11376 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
11378 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
11382 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
11383 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
11391 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
11392 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
11394 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
11397 strcpy (name
, buf
);
11399 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11403 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11404 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11405 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
11407 /* This is the current thread. */
11408 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
11409 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
11414 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
11415 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
11416 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
11417 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
11420 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11422 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
11423 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
11425 static long tid
= 1;
11427 switch (note
->type
)
11429 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
11430 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
11431 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
11432 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
11433 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
11434 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
11435 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
11436 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
11443 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
11449 /* Use note name as section name. */
11450 len
= note
->namesz
;
11451 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
11454 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
11455 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
11457 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
11461 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
11462 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
11463 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
11468 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
11471 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
11475 size of data for note
11477 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
11478 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
11479 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
11480 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
11483 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
11486 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
11494 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
11501 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
11503 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
11505 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
11508 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
11509 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
11510 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
11511 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
11512 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
11513 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
11517 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
11525 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
11535 /* gcc-8 warns (*) on all the strncpy calls in this function about
11536 possible string truncation. The "truncation" is not a bug. We
11537 have an external representation of structs with fields that are not
11538 necessarily NULL terminated and corresponding internal
11539 representation fields that are one larger so that they can always
11540 be NULL terminated.
11541 gcc versions between 4.2 and 4.6 do not allow pragma control of
11542 diagnostics inside functions, giving a hard error if you try to use
11543 the finer control available with later versions.
11544 gcc prior to 4.2 warns about diagnostic push and pop.
11545 gcc-5, gcc-6 and gcc-7 warn that -Wstringop-truncation is unknown,
11546 unless you also add #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wpragma".
11547 (*) Depending on your system header files! */
11548 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11549 # pragma GCC diagnostic push
11550 # pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wstringop-truncation"
11553 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
11557 const char *psargs
)
11559 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11561 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11564 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11565 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
11570 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11571 # if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11572 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11574 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
11576 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11579 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11582 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11583 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11584 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11585 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11586 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11591 # if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
11593 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
11596 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
11599 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
11600 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
11601 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
11602 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11603 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11605 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
11610 #if GCC_VERSION >= 8000
11611 # pragma GCC diagnostic pop
11615 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
11616 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11617 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11619 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16
)
11621 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16 data
;
11623 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11624 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11625 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11629 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32 data
;
11631 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11632 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
11633 &data
, sizeof (data
));
11638 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
11639 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11640 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
11642 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16
)
11644 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16 data
;
11646 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid16_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11647 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11648 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11652 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32 data
;
11654 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_ugid32_out (abfd
, prpsinfo
, &data
);
11655 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11656 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
11661 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11668 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11670 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
11673 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11675 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
11680 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
11681 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
11682 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11684 prstatus32_t prstat
;
11686 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11687 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11688 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11689 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11690 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11691 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11698 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
11699 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
11700 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11701 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
11702 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
11703 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
11705 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
11711 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
11713 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11720 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
11721 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11723 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11724 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
11725 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
11726 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
11727 memcpy (&lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
11728 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
11729 #if !defined(gregs)
11730 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
11731 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
11733 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
11734 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
11737 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11738 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
11740 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
11742 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
11744 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
11748 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11749 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11751 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11752 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
11753 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11755 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
11759 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11760 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11761 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11762 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11770 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
11771 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
11772 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
11773 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
11777 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
11780 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11783 const void *fpregs
,
11786 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
11787 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11788 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
11792 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
11795 const void *xfpregs
,
11798 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11799 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11800 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
11804 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
11805 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
11808 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
== ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
11809 note_name
= "FreeBSD";
11811 note_name
= "LINUX";
11812 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11813 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
11817 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11820 const void *ppc_vmx
,
11823 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11824 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11825 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
11829 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11832 const void *ppc_vsx
,
11835 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11836 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11837 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
11841 elfcore_write_ppc_tar (bfd
*abfd
,
11844 const void *ppc_tar
,
11847 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11848 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11849 note_name
, NT_PPC_TAR
, ppc_tar
, size
);
11853 elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11856 const void *ppc_ppr
,
11859 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11860 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11861 note_name
, NT_PPC_PPR
, ppc_ppr
, size
);
11865 elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11868 const void *ppc_dscr
,
11871 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11872 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11873 note_name
, NT_PPC_DSCR
, ppc_dscr
, size
);
11877 elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (bfd
*abfd
,
11880 const void *ppc_ebb
,
11883 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11884 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11885 note_name
, NT_PPC_EBB
, ppc_ebb
, size
);
11889 elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (bfd
*abfd
,
11892 const void *ppc_pmu
,
11895 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11896 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11897 note_name
, NT_PPC_PMU
, ppc_pmu
, size
);
11901 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11904 const void *ppc_tm_cgpr
,
11907 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11908 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11909 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CGPR
, ppc_tm_cgpr
, size
);
11913 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (bfd
*abfd
,
11916 const void *ppc_tm_cfpr
,
11919 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11920 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11921 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CFPR
, ppc_tm_cfpr
, size
);
11925 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (bfd
*abfd
,
11928 const void *ppc_tm_cvmx
,
11931 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11932 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11933 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVMX
, ppc_tm_cvmx
, size
);
11937 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (bfd
*abfd
,
11940 const void *ppc_tm_cvsx
,
11943 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11944 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11945 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CVSX
, ppc_tm_cvsx
, size
);
11949 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (bfd
*abfd
,
11952 const void *ppc_tm_spr
,
11955 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11956 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11957 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_SPR
, ppc_tm_spr
, size
);
11961 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (bfd
*abfd
,
11964 const void *ppc_tm_ctar
,
11967 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11968 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11969 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CTAR
, ppc_tm_ctar
, size
);
11973 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (bfd
*abfd
,
11976 const void *ppc_tm_cppr
,
11979 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11980 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11981 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CPPR
, ppc_tm_cppr
, size
);
11985 elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (bfd
*abfd
,
11988 const void *ppc_tm_cdscr
,
11991 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
11992 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
11993 note_name
, NT_PPC_TM_CDSCR
, ppc_tm_cdscr
, size
);
11997 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
12000 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
12003 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12004 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12005 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
12006 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
12010 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
12013 const void *s390_timer
,
12016 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12017 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12018 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
12022 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
12025 const void *s390_todcmp
,
12028 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12029 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12030 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
12034 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
12037 const void *s390_todpreg
,
12040 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12041 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12042 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
12046 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
12049 const void *s390_ctrs
,
12052 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12053 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12054 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
12058 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
12061 const void *s390_prefix
,
12064 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12065 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12066 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
12070 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
12073 const void *s390_last_break
,
12076 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12077 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12078 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
12079 s390_last_break
, size
);
12083 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
12086 const void *s390_system_call
,
12089 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12090 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12091 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
12092 s390_system_call
, size
);
12096 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
12099 const void *s390_tdb
,
12102 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12103 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12104 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
12108 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd
*abfd
,
12111 const void *s390_vxrs_low
,
12114 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12115 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12116 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW
, s390_vxrs_low
, size
);
12120 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd
*abfd
,
12123 const void *s390_vxrs_high
,
12126 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12127 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12128 note_name
, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH
,
12129 s390_vxrs_high
, size
);
12133 elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (bfd
*abfd
,
12136 const void *s390_gs_cb
,
12139 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12140 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12141 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_CB
,
12146 elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (bfd
*abfd
,
12149 const void *s390_gs_bc
,
12152 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12153 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12154 note_name
, NT_S390_GS_BC
,
12159 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
12162 const void *arm_vfp
,
12165 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12166 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12167 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
12171 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
12174 const void *aarch_tls
,
12177 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12178 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12179 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
12183 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
12186 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
12189 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12190 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12191 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
12195 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
12198 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
12201 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12202 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12203 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
12207 elfcore_write_aarch_sve (bfd
*abfd
,
12210 const void *aarch_sve
,
12213 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12214 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12215 note_name
, NT_ARM_SVE
, aarch_sve
, size
);
12219 elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (bfd
*abfd
,
12222 const void *aarch_pauth
,
12225 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12226 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12227 note_name
, NT_ARM_PAC_MASK
, aarch_pauth
, size
);
12231 elfcore_write_aarch_mte (bfd
*abfd
,
12234 const void *aarch_mte
,
12237 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12238 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12239 note_name
, NT_ARM_TAGGED_ADDR_CTRL
,
12245 elfcore_write_arc_v2 (bfd
*abfd
,
12248 const void *arc_v2
,
12251 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12252 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12253 note_name
, NT_ARC_V2
, arc_v2
, size
);
12257 elfcore_write_loongarch_cpucfg (bfd
*abfd
,
12260 const void *loongarch_cpucfg
,
12263 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12264 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12265 note_name
, NT_LARCH_CPUCFG
,
12266 loongarch_cpucfg
, size
);
12270 elfcore_write_loongarch_lbt (bfd
*abfd
,
12273 const void *loongarch_lbt
,
12276 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12277 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12278 note_name
, NT_LARCH_LBT
, loongarch_lbt
, size
);
12282 elfcore_write_loongarch_lsx (bfd
*abfd
,
12285 const void *loongarch_lsx
,
12288 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12289 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12290 note_name
, NT_LARCH_LSX
, loongarch_lsx
, size
);
12294 elfcore_write_loongarch_lasx (bfd
*abfd
,
12297 const void *loongarch_lasx
,
12300 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
12301 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12302 note_name
, NT_LARCH_LASX
, loongarch_lasx
, size
);
12305 /* Write the buffer of csr values in CSRS (length SIZE) into the note
12306 buffer BUF and update *BUFSIZ. ABFD is the bfd the note is being
12307 written into. Return a pointer to the new start of the note buffer, to
12308 replace BUF which may no longer be valid. */
12311 elfcore_write_riscv_csr (bfd
*abfd
,
12317 const char *note_name
= "GDB";
12318 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12319 note_name
, NT_RISCV_CSR
, csrs
, size
);
12322 /* Write the target description (a string) pointed to by TDESC, length
12323 SIZE, into the note buffer BUF, and update *BUFSIZ. ABFD is the bfd the
12324 note is being written into. Return a pointer to the new start of the
12325 note buffer, to replace BUF which may no longer be valid. */
12328 elfcore_write_gdb_tdesc (bfd
*abfd
,
12334 const char *note_name
= "GDB";
12335 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
12336 note_name
, NT_GDB_TDESC
, tdesc
, size
);
12340 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
12343 const char *section
,
12347 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
12348 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12349 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
12350 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12351 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
12352 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12353 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
12354 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12355 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
12356 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12357 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tar") == 0)
12358 return elfcore_write_ppc_tar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12359 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ppr") == 0)
12360 return elfcore_write_ppc_ppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12361 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-dscr") == 0)
12362 return elfcore_write_ppc_dscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12363 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-ebb") == 0)
12364 return elfcore_write_ppc_ebb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12365 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-pmu") == 0)
12366 return elfcore_write_ppc_pmu (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12367 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cgpr") == 0)
12368 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cgpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12369 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cfpr") == 0)
12370 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cfpr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12371 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvmx") == 0)
12372 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12373 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cvsx") == 0)
12374 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cvsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12375 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-spr") == 0)
12376 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_spr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12377 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-ctar") == 0)
12378 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_ctar (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12379 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cppr") == 0)
12380 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cppr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12381 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-tm-cdscr") == 0)
12382 return elfcore_write_ppc_tm_cdscr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12383 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
12384 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12385 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
12386 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12387 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
12388 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12389 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
12390 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12391 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
12392 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12393 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
12394 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12395 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
12396 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12397 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
12398 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12399 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
12400 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12401 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
12402 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12403 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
12404 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12405 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-cb") == 0)
12406 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_cb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12407 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-gs-bc") == 0)
12408 return elfcore_write_s390_gs_bc (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12409 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
12410 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12411 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
12412 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12413 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
12414 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12415 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
12416 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12417 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-sve") == 0)
12418 return elfcore_write_aarch_sve (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12419 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-pauth") == 0)
12420 return elfcore_write_aarch_pauth (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12421 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-mte") == 0)
12422 return elfcore_write_aarch_mte (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12423 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arc-v2") == 0)
12424 return elfcore_write_arc_v2 (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12425 if (strcmp (section
, ".gdb-tdesc") == 0)
12426 return elfcore_write_gdb_tdesc (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12427 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-riscv-csr") == 0)
12428 return elfcore_write_riscv_csr (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12429 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-loongarch-cpucfg") == 0)
12430 return elfcore_write_loongarch_cpucfg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12431 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-loongarch-lbt") == 0)
12432 return elfcore_write_loongarch_lbt (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12433 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-loongarch-lsx") == 0)
12434 return elfcore_write_loongarch_lsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12435 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-loongarch-lasx") == 0)
12436 return elfcore_write_loongarch_lasx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
12441 elfcore_write_file_note (bfd
*obfd
, char *note_data
, int *note_size
,
12442 const void *buf
, int bufsiz
)
12444 return elfcore_write_note (obfd
, note_data
, note_size
,
12445 "CORE", NT_FILE
, buf
, bufsiz
);
12449 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
,
12454 /* NB: CORE PT_NOTE segments may have p_align values of 0 or 1.
12455 gABI specifies that PT_NOTE alignment should be aligned to 4
12456 bytes for 32-bit objects and to 8 bytes for 64-bit objects. If
12457 align is less than 4, we use 4 byte alignment. */
12460 if (align
!= 4 && align
!= 8)
12464 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
12466 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
12467 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
12469 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
12472 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
12474 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
12475 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
12476 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
12479 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
12480 in
.descdata
= p
+ ELF_NOTE_DESC_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, align
);
12481 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
12483 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
12484 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
12487 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
12494 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
12497 const char * string
;
12499 bool (*func
) (bfd
*, Elf_Internal_Note
*);
12503 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note
),
12504 GROKER_ELEMENT ("FreeBSD", elfcore_grok_freebsd_note
),
12505 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note
),
12506 GROKER_ELEMENT ("OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note
),
12507 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note
),
12508 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note
),
12509 GROKER_ELEMENT ("GNU", elfobj_grok_gnu_note
),
12510 GROKER_ELEMENT ("CORE", elfcore_grok_solaris_note
)
12512 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
12515 for (i
= ARRAY_SIZE (grokers
); i
--;)
12517 if (in
.namesz
>= grokers
[i
].len
12518 && strncmp (in
.namedata
, grokers
[i
].string
,
12519 grokers
[i
].len
) == 0)
12521 if (! grokers
[i
].func (abfd
, & in
))
12530 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
12532 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
12535 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
12536 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
12538 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
12544 p
+= ELF_NOTE_NEXT_OFFSET (in
.namesz
, in
.descsz
, align
);
12551 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
,
12556 if (size
== 0 || (size
+ 1) == 0)
12559 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
12562 buf
= (char *) _bfd_malloc_and_read (abfd
, size
+ 1, size
);
12566 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
12567 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
12570 if (!elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
, align
))
12580 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
12582 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
12583 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
12584 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
12587 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
12589 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12591 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12595 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
12598 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
12599 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
12600 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
12601 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
12603 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
12604 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
12607 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
12611 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12613 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12617 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
12618 if (num_phdrs
!= 0)
12619 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
12620 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
12625 enum elf_reloc_type_class
12626 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12627 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12628 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12630 return reloc_class_normal
;
12633 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
12634 relocation against a local symbol. */
12637 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12638 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12640 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
12642 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12643 bfd_vma relocation
;
12645 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
12646 + sec
->output_offset
12648 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
12649 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
12650 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12653 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12654 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12655 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
12658 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
12659 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
12660 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
12661 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
12662 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
12663 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
12664 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
12667 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
12668 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
12674 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
12675 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
12679 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
12681 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
12682 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
12684 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
12685 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12686 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
12689 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
12690 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
12691 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
12692 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
12696 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
12697 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12701 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
12703 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
12704 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
12706 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
12707 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
12710 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
12712 /* Reverse the offset. */
12713 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12714 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
12716 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
12717 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
12718 offset
= ((sec
->size
- address_size
)
12719 / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
, sec
) - offset
);
12725 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
12726 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
12727 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
12728 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
12729 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
12730 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
12732 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
12733 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
12734 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
12735 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
12736 the remote memory. */
12739 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
12742 bfd_size_type size
,
12743 bfd_vma
*loadbasep
,
12744 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
12746 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
12747 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
12751 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
12752 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12753 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12758 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12761 const char *relplt_name
;
12762 bool (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bool);
12766 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12772 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
12775 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
12778 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
12781 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
12782 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
12783 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
12784 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
12785 if (relplt
== NULL
)
12788 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
12789 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
12790 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
12793 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
12797 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
12798 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, true))
12801 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
12802 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
12803 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12804 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12806 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
12807 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12810 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
12812 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
12817 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
12821 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
12822 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
12824 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
12829 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
12830 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12833 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12834 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
12835 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
12836 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
12837 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
12838 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
12840 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
12843 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
12844 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
12846 if (p
->addend
!= 0)
12850 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
12851 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
12852 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
12853 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
12856 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
12859 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
12860 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
12867 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far.
12868 ??? This repeats *COM* id of zero. sec->id is supposed to be unique,
12869 but current usage would allow all of _bfd_std_section to be zero. */
12870 static const asymbol lcomm_sym
12871 = GLOBAL_SYM_INIT ("LARGE_COMMON", &_bfd_elf_large_com_section
);
12872 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
12873 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
, &lcomm_sym
,
12874 "LARGE_COMMON", 0, SEC_IS_COMMON
);
12877 _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
12879 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
12881 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
12883 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12884 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
12886 /* Set the osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains
12887 SHF_GNU_MBIND or SHF_GNU_RETAIN sections or symbols of STT_GNU_IFUNC type
12888 or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
12889 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
!= 0)
12891 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
)
12892 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
12893 else if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_GNU
12894 && i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] != ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
)
12896 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_mbind
)
12897 _bfd_error_handler (_("GNU_MBIND section is supported only by GNU "
12898 "and FreeBSD targets"));
12899 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_ifunc
)
12900 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol type STT_GNU_IFUNC is supported "
12901 "only by GNU and FreeBSD targets"));
12902 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_unique
)
12903 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol binding STB_GNU_UNIQUE is supported "
12904 "only by GNU and FreeBSD targets"));
12905 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
& elf_gnu_osabi_retain
)
12906 _bfd_error_handler (_("GNU_RETAIN section is supported "
12907 "only by GNU and FreeBSD targets"));
12908 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_sorry
);
12916 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
12917 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
12918 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
12921 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
12923 return (type
== STT_FUNC
12924 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
12927 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
12928 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
12929 otherwise return zero. */
12932 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
12935 bfd_size_type size
;
12936 elf_symbol_type
* elf_sym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) sym
;
12938 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
12939 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
12940 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
12943 size
= (sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
) ? 0 : elf_sym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
12945 /* In theory we should check that the symbol's type satisfies
12946 _bfd_elf_is_function_type(), but there are some function-like
12947 symbols which would fail this test. (eg _start). Instead
12948 we check for hidden, local, notype symbols with zero size.
12949 This type of symbol is generated by the annobin plugin for gcc
12950 and clang, and should not be considered to be a function symbol. */
12952 && ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SYNTHETIC
| BSF_LOCAL
)) == BSF_LOCAL
)
12953 && ELF_ST_TYPE (elf_sym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_NOTYPE
12954 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (elf_sym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
) == STV_HIDDEN
)
12957 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
12958 /* Do not return 0 for the function's size. */
12959 return size
? size
: 1;
12962 /* Set to non-zero to enable some debug messages. */
12963 #define DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS 0
12965 /* An internal-to-the-bfd-library only section type
12966 used to indicate a cached secondary reloc section. */
12967 #define SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC (SHT_LOOS + SHT_RELA)
12969 /* Create a BFD section to hold a secondary reloc section. */
12972 _bfd_elf_init_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
12973 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
12975 unsigned int shindex
)
12977 /* We only support RELA secondary relocs. */
12978 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
)
12981 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
12982 fprintf (stderr
, "secondary reloc section %s encountered\n", name
);
12984 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
;
12985 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
12988 /* Read in any secondary relocs associated with SEC. */
12991 _bfd_elf_slurp_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
12993 asymbol
** symbols
,
12996 const struct elf_backend_data
* const ebd
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12998 bool result
= true;
12999 bfd_vma (*r_sym
) (bfd_vma
);
13001 #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
13002 if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) != 32)
13003 r_sym
= elf64_r_sym
;
13006 r_sym
= elf32_r_sym
;
13008 if (!elf_section_data (sec
)->has_secondary_relocs
)
13011 /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
13012 associated with SEC. */
13013 for (relsec
= abfd
->sections
; relsec
!= NULL
; relsec
= relsec
->next
)
13015 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
= & elf_section_data (relsec
)->this_hdr
;
13017 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
13018 && hdr
->sh_info
== (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
13019 && (hdr
->sh_entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
13020 || hdr
->sh_entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
13022 bfd_byte
* native_relocs
;
13023 bfd_byte
* native_reloc
;
13024 arelent
* internal_relocs
;
13025 arelent
* internal_reloc
;
13027 unsigned int entsize
;
13028 unsigned int symcount
;
13029 unsigned int reloc_count
;
13032 if (ebd
->elf_info_to_howto
== NULL
)
13035 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
13036 fprintf (stderr
, "read secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
13037 sec
->name
, relsec
->name
);
13039 entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
13041 native_relocs
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
13042 if (native_relocs
== NULL
)
13048 reloc_count
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
13049 if (_bfd_mul_overflow (reloc_count
, sizeof (arelent
), & amt
))
13051 free (native_relocs
);
13052 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_too_big
);
13057 internal_relocs
= (arelent
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
13058 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13060 free (native_relocs
);
13065 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
13066 || (bfd_bread (native_relocs
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
13069 free (native_relocs
);
13070 /* The internal_relocs will be freed when
13071 the memory for the bfd is released. */
13077 symcount
= bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
);
13079 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
13081 for (i
= 0, internal_reloc
= internal_relocs
,
13082 native_reloc
= native_relocs
;
13084 i
++, internal_reloc
++, native_reloc
+= entsize
)
13087 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
13089 if (entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
13090 ebd
->s
->swap_reloc_in (abfd
, native_reloc
, & rela
);
13091 else /* entsize == ebd->s->sizeof_rela */
13092 ebd
->s
->swap_reloca_in (abfd
, native_reloc
, & rela
);
13094 /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
13095 file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
13096 The address of a normal BFD reloc is always section relative,
13097 and the address of a dynamic reloc is absolute.. */
13098 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0)
13099 internal_reloc
->address
= rela
.r_offset
;
13101 internal_reloc
->address
= rela
.r_offset
- sec
->vma
;
13103 if (r_sym (rela
.r_info
) == STN_UNDEF
)
13105 /* FIXME: This and the error case below mean that we
13106 have a symbol on relocs that is not elf_symbol_type. */
13107 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
=
13108 bfd_abs_section_ptr
->symbol_ptr_ptr
;
13110 else if (r_sym (rela
.r_info
) > symcount
)
13113 /* xgettext:c-format */
13114 (_("%pB(%pA): relocation %d has invalid symbol index %ld"),
13115 abfd
, sec
, i
, (long) r_sym (rela
.r_info
));
13116 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13117 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
=
13118 bfd_abs_section_ptr
->symbol_ptr_ptr
;
13125 ps
= symbols
+ r_sym (rela
.r_info
) - 1;
13126 internal_reloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
= ps
;
13127 /* Make sure that this symbol is not removed by strip. */
13128 (*ps
)->flags
|= BSF_KEEP
;
13131 internal_reloc
->addend
= rela
.r_addend
;
13133 res
= ebd
->elf_info_to_howto (abfd
, internal_reloc
, & rela
);
13134 if (! res
|| internal_reloc
->howto
== NULL
)
13136 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
13137 fprintf (stderr
, "there is no howto associated with reloc %lx\n",
13144 free (native_relocs
);
13145 /* Store the internal relocs. */
13146 elf_section_data (relsec
)->sec_info
= internal_relocs
;
13153 /* Set the ELF section header fields of an output secondary reloc section. */
13156 _bfd_elf_copy_special_section_fields (const bfd
* ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13157 bfd
* obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13158 const Elf_Internal_Shdr
* isection
,
13159 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* osection
)
13163 struct bfd_elf_section_data
* esd
;
13165 if (isection
== NULL
)
13168 if (isection
->sh_type
!= SHT_SECONDARY_RELOC
)
13171 isec
= isection
->bfd_section
;
13175 osec
= osection
->bfd_section
;
13179 esd
= elf_section_data (osec
);
13180 BFD_ASSERT (esd
->sec_info
== NULL
);
13181 esd
->sec_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
13182 osection
->sh_type
= SHT_RELA
;
13183 osection
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (obfd
);
13184 if (osection
->sh_link
== 0)
13186 /* There is no symbol table - we are hosed... */
13188 /* xgettext:c-format */
13189 (_("%pB(%pA): link section cannot be set because the output file does not have a symbol table"),
13191 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13195 /* Find the output section that corresponds to the isection's sh_info link. */
13196 if (isection
->sh_info
== 0
13197 || isection
->sh_info
>= elf_numsections (ibfd
))
13200 /* xgettext:c-format */
13201 (_("%pB(%pA): info section index is invalid"),
13203 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13207 isection
= elf_elfsections (ibfd
)[isection
->sh_info
];
13209 if (isection
== NULL
13210 || isection
->bfd_section
== NULL
13211 || isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
== NULL
)
13214 /* xgettext:c-format */
13215 (_("%pB(%pA): info section index cannot be set because the section is not in the output"),
13217 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13221 esd
= elf_section_data (isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
);
13222 BFD_ASSERT (esd
!= NULL
);
13223 osection
->sh_info
= esd
->this_idx
;
13224 esd
->has_secondary_relocs
= true;
13225 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
13226 fprintf (stderr
, "update header of %s, sh_link = %u, sh_info = %u\n",
13227 osec
->name
, osection
->sh_link
, osection
->sh_info
);
13228 fprintf (stderr
, "mark section %s as having secondary relocs\n",
13229 bfd_section_name (isection
->bfd_section
->output_section
));
13235 /* Write out a secondary reloc section.
13237 FIXME: Currently this function can result in a serious performance penalty
13238 for files with secondary relocs and lots of sections. The proper way to
13239 fix this is for _bfd_elf_copy_special_section_fields() to chain secondary
13240 relocs together and then to have this function just walk that chain. */
13243 _bfd_elf_write_secondary_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
13245 const struct elf_backend_data
* const ebd
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13246 bfd_vma addr_offset
;
13248 bfd_vma (*r_info
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_vma
);
13249 bool result
= true;
13254 #if BFD_DEFAULT_TARGET_SIZE > 32
13255 if (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) != 32)
13256 r_info
= elf64_r_info
;
13259 r_info
= elf32_r_info
;
13261 /* The address of an ELF reloc is section relative for an object
13262 file, and absolute for an executable file or shared library.
13263 The address of a BFD reloc is always section relative. */
13265 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
13266 addr_offset
= sec
->vma
;
13268 /* Discover if there are any secondary reloc sections
13269 associated with SEC. */
13270 for (relsec
= abfd
->sections
; relsec
!= NULL
; relsec
= relsec
->next
)
13272 const struct bfd_elf_section_data
* const esd
= elf_section_data (relsec
);
13273 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* const hdr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) & esd
->this_hdr
;
13275 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
13276 && hdr
->sh_info
== (unsigned) elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
)
13278 asymbol
* last_sym
;
13280 unsigned int reloc_count
;
13282 unsigned int entsize
;
13283 arelent
* src_irel
;
13284 bfd_byte
* dst_rela
;
13286 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
13289 /* xgettext:c-format */
13290 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section processed twice"),
13292 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13297 entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
13301 /* xgettext:c-format */
13302 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section has zero sized entries"),
13304 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13308 else if (entsize
!= ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
13309 && entsize
!= ebd
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
13312 /* xgettext:c-format */
13313 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section has non-standard sized entries"),
13315 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13320 reloc_count
= hdr
->sh_size
/ entsize
;
13321 if (reloc_count
<= 0)
13324 /* xgettext:c-format */
13325 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc section is empty!"),
13327 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13332 hdr
->contents
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, hdr
->sh_size
);
13333 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
)
13336 #if DEBUG_SECONDARY_RELOCS
13337 fprintf (stderr
, "write %u secondary relocs for %s from %s\n",
13338 reloc_count
, sec
->name
, relsec
->name
);
13342 dst_rela
= hdr
->contents
;
13343 src_irel
= (arelent
*) esd
->sec_info
;
13344 if (src_irel
== NULL
)
13347 /* xgettext:c-format */
13348 (_("%pB(%pA): error: internal relocs missing for secondary reloc section"),
13350 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13355 for (idx
= 0; idx
< reloc_count
; idx
++, dst_rela
+= entsize
)
13357 Elf_Internal_Rela src_rela
;
13362 ptr
= src_irel
+ idx
;
13366 /* xgettext:c-format */
13367 (_("%pB(%pA): error: reloc table entry %u is empty"),
13368 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
13369 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13374 if (ptr
->sym_ptr_ptr
== NULL
)
13376 /* FIXME: Is this an error ? */
13381 sym
= *ptr
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
13383 if (sym
== last_sym
)
13387 n
= _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (abfd
, & sym
);
13391 /* xgettext:c-format */
13392 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a missing symbol"),
13393 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
13394 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13403 if (sym
->the_bfd
!= NULL
13404 && sym
->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
13405 && ! _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (abfd
, ptr
))
13408 /* xgettext:c-format */
13409 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u references a deleted symbol"),
13410 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
13411 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13417 src_rela
.r_offset
= ptr
->address
+ addr_offset
;
13418 if (ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
13421 /* xgettext:c-format */
13422 (_("%pB(%pA): error: secondary reloc %u is of an unknown type"),
13423 abfd
, relsec
, idx
);
13424 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13426 src_rela
.r_info
= r_info (0, 0);
13429 src_rela
.r_info
= r_info (n
, ptr
->howto
->type
);
13430 src_rela
.r_addend
= ptr
->addend
;
13432 if (entsize
== ebd
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
13433 ebd
->s
->swap_reloc_out (abfd
, &src_rela
, dst_rela
);
13434 else /* entsize == ebd->s->sizeof_rela */
13435 ebd
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &src_rela
, dst_rela
);